115
Interpretive Framework May 2015 Deakin University, RMIT, University of Melbourne, University of Tasmania, Australian Catholic University Supported by the Australian Government Office for Learning and Teaching. http://www.stepsproject.org.au/ Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Interpretive Framework Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

  • Upload
    deakin

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Interpretive Framework May 2015 Deakin University, RMIT, University of Melbourne, University of Tasmania, Australian Catholic University

Supported  by  the  Australian  Government  Office  for  Learning  and  Teaching.

 http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  2  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

                                     Produced  by  The  STEPS  Project,  May  2015    Research  Team:  Dr  Linda  Hobbs  (Deakin  University)  Assoc  Prof  Coral  Campbell  (Deakin  University)  Dr  Gail  Chittleborough  (Deakin  University)  Dr  Sandra  Herbert  (Deakin  University)  Dr  Mellita  Jones  (Australian  Catholic  University)  Dr  Christine  Redman  (University  of  Melbourne)    Dr  John  Kenny  (University  of  Tasmania)  Dr  Jeff  King/Andy  Gilbert  (RMIT)    Reference  group:  Professor  Russell  Tytler  (Deakin  University)  Professor  David  Clarke  (University  of  Melbourne)  Professor  Annette  Gough  (RMIT)    Evaluator:  Mr  Paul  Chesterton      Project  website:    http://www.stepsproject.org.au      Contact:  Dr  Linda  Hobbs  (Project  leader):  [email protected]      

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  3  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  4  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

         

Acknowledgements      This  project  emerges  out  of  years  of  working  with  schools  and  appreciating  the  roles  that  schools  play  in  pre-­‐service  teacher  education.  Thanks  to  the  principals,  teachers,  students  and  wider  school  communities  with  whom  we  are  honoured  to  work:    ultimately  it  is  for  the  growth  and  enhancement  of  these  places  of  learning  that  we  undertake  the  important  work  of  building  partnerships.  To  the  pre-­‐service  teachers’  past,  current  and  future,  this  work  is  a  testament  to  the  pedagogical  contract  within  which  we  collaborate  with  you  on  your  (and  our)  learning  journey.  To  the  participants  of  the  study  at  the  schools  and  universities,  thanks  for  your  insights,  honesty  and  forward  thinking  in  helping  us  create  new  ways  of  thinking  about  what  we  do.  To  those  who  acted  as  a  ‘reference’  to  clear  thinking  (reference  group:  Russell  Tytler,  David  Clarke  and  Annette  Gough),  or  kept  our  eyes  on  the  outcomes  (evaluator:  Paul  Chesterton),  thanks  for  your  mentoring  and  participation  in  the  generation  of  some  amazing  ideas!  To  those  who  gave  feedback,  either  as  active  participants  or  interested  bystanders  at  conferences  or  workshops,  reviewers  of  papers,  colleagues,  friends  and  family,  it  is  through  sharing  our  thoughts  that  we  become  aware  the  gaps  and  inconsistencies,  but  also  what  is  cogent  and  fundamental.      We  acknowledge  Dr  Jeff  King,  who  began  this  journey  but  did  not  pass  the  post  with  us,  but  whose  spirit  we  take  with  us,  and  to  whom  we  dedicate  everything  that  emerges.    And  we  give  the  final  acknowledgement  to  the  OLT  who  enabled  us  to  come  together  as  an  amazing  group  of  people,  a  partnership  that  has  been  transformative,  built  on  trust,  reciprocity,  respect,  recognition  of  our  diverse  and  respective  talents,  adaptability  and  responsiveness,  and  a  shared  commitment  to  science  education  and  our  students.  It’s  been  a  great  journey!

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  5  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Table  of  contents    

Chapter  1.  The  STEPS  Project:  Vision  and  Goals  ....................................................................................  7  

Chapter  2.  Underpinning  ideas  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  ...........................................................  10  The  state  of  primary  science  education  ...........................................................................................................................................  10  Partnership  theory  ...................................................................................................................................................................................  11  Self  efficacy  and  Identity  theory  .........................................................................................................................................................  12  

Chapter  3.  What  is  an  Interpretive  Framework?  .................................................................................  14  

Chapter  4.  Methodology  in  developing  the  Interpretive  Framework  ..................................................  15  Pre-­‐thinking:  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................  16  Conceptualising  the  Interpretive  Framework  ..............................................................................................................................  16  Emergence  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  ...................................................................................................................................  17  Dissemination  and  evaluation  .............................................................................................................................................................  17  

Chapter  5.  The  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework  ...................................................................................  19  The  GUSP  and  RPP  ....................................................................................................................................................................................  20  Chapter  6.  Growing  University-­‐School  Partnerships  ...........................................................................  21  GUSP  Components  ....................................................................................................................................................................................  21  A.  Need  and  Rationale  ...............................................................................................................................................................................  21  B.  Institutional  and  Unit  Demands  ......................................................................................................................................................  21  C.  Relationships  ............................................................................................................................................................................................  22  D.  Nature  and  quality  of  learning  ........................................................................................................................................................  22  E.  Commitment  to  action  .........................................................................................................................................................................  22  

Chapter  7.  Representations  of  Partnership  Practices  ..........................................................................  24  RPP  components  ........................................................................................................................................................................................  24  A.   Purposes  .................................................................................................................................................................................................  24  B.   Institutional  Practices  .....................................................................................................................................................................  24  C.   Nature  of  Partnership  ......................................................................................................................................................................  24  D.   Linking  theory  an  practice  ............................................................................................................................................................  24  

Typology  ........................................................................................................................................................................................................  24  1.   Connective  .............................................................................................................................................................................................  24  2.   Generative  .............................................................................................................................................................................................  25  3.   Transformative  ...................................................................................................................................................................................  25  

Chapter  8.  Narratives  .........................................................................................................................  27  

Chapter  9.  Using  partnerships  for  effective  science  teacher  education  ...............................................  27  Guiding  Pedagogical  Principles  ...........................................................................................................................................................  28  Enabling  growth  through  educational  practices  partnership  principles  ..........................................................................  29  Risk-­‐taking  and  Trust  ................................................................................................................................................................................  29  Reciprocity  and  Mutuality  .......................................................................................................................................................................  30  Recognition  of  Respective  Goals  ...........................................................................................................................................................  30  Respect  .............................................................................................................................................................................................................  30  Adaptable  and  Responsive  to  Changing  Needs  ..............................................................................................................................  30  Diverse  Representations  ...........................................................................................................................................................................  31  

Growth  Model  for  using  partnerships  in  teacher  education  ..................................................................................................  31  

 

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  6  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 

Chapter  10.  Vignettes  ........................................................................................................................  33  Vignette  1.  Partnerships  between  teacher  educators  and  schools:  Reciprocity,  Trust,  Risk  Taking,  and  Communication  and  Feedback  ............................................................................................................................................................  33  Vignette  2.  Schools  perspectives:  Strategic  relationships  with  university  ......................................................................  37  Vignette  3.  Teacher  educator  perspectives  –  Integrating  educational  research  into  practice  ................................  39  Vignette  4.  The  Pre-­‐service  teacher  experience:  Shifting,  learning,  valuing  ...................................................................  42  

Chapter  11.  Sustainability  ..................................................................................................................  44  What  is  success  and  what  does  it  look  like?  ..................................................................................................................................  44  How  is  sustainability  measured?  ........................................................................................................................................................  45  What  blocks  success?  ...............................................................................................................................................................................  45  Chapter  12.  Conclusion  ......................................................................................................................  47  Flexibility  of  the  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework  .......................................................................................................................  47  

References  .........................................................................................................................................  49    

Tables  Table  1.  Growing  University-­‐School  Partnerships  (GUSP)  .....................................................................................................  23  Table  2.  Representations  of  Partnership  Practices    (RPP)  ......................................................................................................  26  Table  3.  Vignette  Audiences  and  Themes  .......................................................................................................................................  33    Figures  Figure  1.  Themes  informing  the  STEPS  Project  ...........................................................................................................................  15  Figure  2.  The  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework  ..............................................................................................................................  19  Figure  3.  The  STEPS  Guiding  Pedagogical  Principles  ................................................................................................................  29  Figure  4.  STEPS  Growth  Model  for  Effective  Teacher  Education  .........................................................................................  32    Appendices  Appendix  1.  Growing  University-­‐Schools  Partnerships  (GUSP)  Narratives  ....................................................................  52  Appendix  2.  Representations  of  Partnership  Practices  (RPP)  Narratives  ........................................................................  60    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  7  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  1.  The  STEPS  Project:  Vision  and  Goals  

 The  STEPS  project  responds  to  international  concern  about  primary  teachers’  lack  of  science  knowledge  and  confidence  to  teach  science,  and  recent  questioning  of  the  effectiveness  of  traditional  approaches  to  teacher  education.  This  project  reviews  and  builds  on  established,  innovative  and  successful  practices  at  five  universities,  to  develop  and  promote  a  framework  supporting  school-­‐based  approaches  to  pre-­‐service  teacher  education.  The  models  involve  partnerships  between  universities  and  primary  schools  to  engage  pre-­‐service  primary  teachers  in  classroom  teaching  and  learning  that  effectively  connects  theory  with  practice.  Through  critical  appraisal  of  these  and  similar  models,  the  project  aimed  to  identify  key  features  of  the  approach  and  the  critical  success  factors  required  to  establish  and  maintain  strong  working  relationships  with  schools  and  build  student  capacity.    The  principles,  framework,  and  resources  together  with  exemplifying  case  studies,  were  designed  and  disseminated  to  promote  uptake  of  these  innovative  practices  in  the  sector.        A  key  strength  of  this  project  is  that  it  simultaneously  addressed  two  key  areas  of  national  concern  in  education:  the  promotion  of  more  effective  practical  teaching  experiences  that  bridge  the  theory  practice  gap  that  be-­‐devils  many  teacher  education  programs;  and  the  confidence  and  competency  of  primary  teachers  to  teach  science.  Both  were  pertinent  at  a  time  when  the  introduction  of  the  Australian  Curriculum  was  mandating  that  science  be  taught  at  primary  schools,  and  that  the  proportion  of  time  spent  teaching  science  should  be  raised  from  an  average  of  3  percent  closer  to  the  European  average  of  9.5  percent  (Chief  Scientist,  2013).    These  innovations  bridge  theory  and  practice  within  partnerships  between  the  academy  and  the  profession.  In  these  collaborative  programs,  PSTs  design  and  implement  science  

curriculum  in  primary  schools,  not  as  part  of  the  normal  practicum  arrangements,  but  as  part  of  their  coursework.  A  central  aspect  of  the  programs,  and  the  direction  of  the  proposed  investigation,  was  the  guiding  of  student  reflection  on  their  practice.  While  such  reflection  on  practice  that  responds  to  the  quality  of  the  experience  can  be  difficult  to  sustain  and  assess,  it  was  seen  as  critically  important  for  informing  PSTs’  developing  pedagogical  content  knowledge,  professional  identity  and  teaching  philosophy  (Kenny,  2010).    A  variety  of  models  of  university-­‐school  links  can  be  found,  both  nationally  and  internationally,  each  having  its  own  partnership  arrangements,  approaches,  theories,  and  learning  and  assessment  objectives  and  outcomes.  The  project  team  represented  five  different  models  of  school-­‐based  delivery  of  science  education  involving  school  partnerships,  each  with  a  history  of  successful  implementation  and  evaluation.  These  types  of  programs  are  generally  locally  developed,  grounded  in  particular  contexts,  and  reflect  the  teacher  educators’  knowledge  and  beliefs  about  science  teaching  and  learning.  For  example,  among  the  five  models  represented  here,  there  is  diversity  in:      

• the  interaction  between  the  PSTs  and  school  children,  ranging  from  teachers  working  with  small  groups  or  whole  class;    

• reflective  practices,  ranging  from  teaching  team  reflection  to  individual  teachers,  with  the  reflective  focus  on  individual  students,  small  groups  or  whole  class  analysis;    

• how   theory   informs   the   approach   and   positions  the  students;    

• assessment  focus  and  purposes;  and    • the   nature   of   the   partnership   and   the   degree   to  

which   teacher   professional   development   is  incorporated  into  the  partnership.      

 Despite  this  diversity,  a  common  core  exists  that  involves  a  commitment  to  bridging  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  8  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

theory-­‐practice  through  providing  for  authentic  teaching  experiences,  where  PSTs  take  responsibility  for  planning  and  implementing  curriculum  while  supported  by  academics  in  partnership  with  teachers,  then  reflect  on  that  practice.  While  these  programs  must  be  evolving  and  responsive  to  local  needs,  this  core  commitment  persists.      While  these  innovative  practices  can  often  demonstrate  a  history  of  success,  and  have  been  published  (see,  for  example,  Kenny,  2010,  12;  Jones,  2010),  there  is  a  paucity  of  research  that  attempts  to  identify  the  distinctive  nature  of  this  type  of  practice  to  draw  out  general  principles  attending  to  successful  outcomes.  This  project  provided  a  meta-­‐analysis  of  the  methodologies,  informing  theories,  and  principles  associated  with  establishing  and  maintaining  strong  working  relationships  with  schools,  achieving  strong  educational  outcomes,  and  promoting  reflection  on  practice.  There  was  a  need  to  more  sharply  analyse  the  nature  and  benefits  of  these  types  of  partnerships  for  PSTs  and  for  schools,  and  to  work  in  ways  that  maximise  these  benefits  in  order  to  improve  the  confidence  and  competency  of  primary  teachers  to  teach  science.  This  project  collated  and  analysed  the  deliberations  of  teacher  educators  who  had  successfully  established  partnerships  with  schools  for  the  purpose  of  school-­‐based  delivery  of  teacher  education  curriculum.  These  deliberations  informed  the  development  of  resources,  principles,  and  framework  that  can  guide  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  such  powerful  learning  experiences.        The  project  outcomes  were  to:      

1. Synthesise  the  variety  of  teaching  and  reflective  practices  and  informing  theories  used  in  school-­‐based  science  teacher  education  programs.  

2. Document  exemplars  of  innovative  pedagogies  that  represent  the  range  of  contexts,  constraints  and  affordances  that  lead  to  quality  student  outcomes.  

3. Create  an  interpretive  framework  informed  by  contemporary  practice  that  can  guide  

improvement  of  science  teacher  education  programs.  

4. Determine  sustainable  methods  for  establishing  and  maintaining  effective  school-­‐university  partnerships  generalisable  across  a  range  of  contexts.  

5. Facilitate  uptake  of  innovative  school-­‐based  practices  within  the  sector  for  the  purpose  of  improving  the  educational  outcomes  of  science  teacher  education  programs,  and  teacher  education  programs  generally.  

   These  outcomes  were  expected  to  lead  to  extension  and  refinement  of  practices  that  would  have  an  impact  on  the  confidence  and  competency  of  primary  teachers  in  their  teaching  of  science.  It  was  also  expected  that  there  would  be  refinement  to  our  own  practice  as  a  result  of  the  collaboration.      The  outcomes  of  this  project  were  instantiated  through  the  generation  of  materials  and  theories  that  supported  the  development  of  partnership  arrangements  between  schools  and  universities,  and  enhanced  the  reflective  practices  of  PSTs  within  such  programs.  Development  and  dissemination  of  these  outputs  occurred  throughout  the  project  (see  below)  and  included  opportunities  for  academics,  teachers  and  other  interested  stakeholders  to  contribute  to  the  development  and  evaluation  of  the  materials.      The  main  focus  of  the  project  was  the  development  of  an  Interpretive  Framework  designed  to  help  support  judgments  about  current  practice,  and  provide  a  framework  for  initiating  practice.  The  framework  was  drafted  initially  through  analysing  the  existing  practices  of  the  research  team  and  situating  these  practices  within  the  literature,  and  then  further  refined  through  the  scoping  of  practices  occurring  at  other  institutions.  During  this  process  the  framework  was  scrutinised  and  refined  by  discussions  at  round  tables,  conference  workshops  and  seminars.  The  framework    articulates  the  nature  of  the  theory-­‐practice  relationships,  nature  of  relationships  integral  to  the  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  9  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

partnership,  and  the  notions  of  reflection  and  identity  formation.      

Value  and  Need  for  the  Project    This  project  capitalised  on  the  successful  experience  of  five  institutions,  each  pursuing  a  model  of  science  teacher  education  that  accords  with  acknowledged  features  of  good  practice,  including:    

a. a  close  relationship  between  educational  theory  and  classroom  practice;  

b. productive  partnerships  between  universities  and  schools  in  teacher  education,  involving  academics,  school  teachers  and  leaders,  PSTs  and  school  children;  and  

c. the  centrality  of  reflective  practice  focusing  on  the  development  and  implementation  of  curriculum,  the  relational  and  instructional  elements  of  the  pedagogical  contract,  and  the  development  of  PST’s  professional  identity.  

 The  project  represents  a  significant  curriculum  renewal  in  science  education,  pointing  the  way  

forward  for  theory-­‐practice  coordination  into  teacher  education.  The  features  listed  above  indicate  a  significant  and  innovative  approach  to  teacher  education  that  addresses  concerns  about  the  lack  of  coordination  of  theory  and  practice  in  teacher  education  courses,  and  the  need  for  better  models  of  university-­‐school-­‐community  relationships  in  teacher  education  (ACDE,  2004).    A  key  strength  of  this  project  is  that  it  simultaneously  addresses  two  key  areas  of  national  concern  in  education:  firstly,  the  promotion  of  more  effective  practical  teaching  experiences  that  bridge  the  theory  practice  gap  that  be-­‐devils  many  teacher  education  programs;  secondly,  the  confidence  and  competency  of  primary  teachers  to  teach  science.  This  is  particularly  important  given  that  the  introduction  of  the  Australian  Curriculum  and  the  mandatory  requirement  for  science  to  be  taught  at  all  year  levels.    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  10  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  2.  Underpinning  ideas  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  

 This  project  responds  to  significant  and  growing  critique  of  the  quality  of  teacher  education,  a  discussion  that  shifts  teacher  education  to  schools  and  away  from  universities  (TEMAG,  2014).  Teacher  education  demands  that  Pre-­‐service  teacher  (PSTs)  have  varied  experiences.  The  role  of  the  teacher  educator  and  universities  is  being  challenged  with  clinical  and  apprentice-­‐type  programs  increasing  in  popularity.  We  argue  that  the  teacher  educator’s  role  of  directing  the  shape  of  PSTs’  experiences  and  teaching  PSTs  to  reflect  on  their  experiences  is  essential.  Our  research  provides  compelling  evidence  of  the  significance  of  the  school-­‐based  teaching  experience  for  the  development  of  PSTs’  professional  identity  and  practice.  It  also  provides  convincing  evidence  of  the  expertise  provided  by  the  teacher  educators  to  foster  PST  development.  Schools  play  an  essential  role  in  teacher  education  too.  Partnerships  that  maintain  professional  integrity  and  recognise  the  essential  roles  of  both  universities  and  schools  are  needed  to  enhance  learning  and  raise  awareness  to  the  joys  and  value  of  teaching  marginalised  subjects  such  as  science  in  primary  schools.      

The state of primary science education  The  focus  on  science  education  is  grounded  in  the  reported  disengagement  of  students  from  science,  and  concerns  about  the  amount  and  quality  of  science  teaching  in  primary  schools.  The  quality  of  science  education  has  been  the  focus  of  a  number  of  research  projects  nationally  and  internationally  (see,  for  example  Dobson,  2003;  Tytler,  2007).    These  studies  consistently  report  that  students  are  ‘turned  off’  science  across  the  middle  years  of  schooling,  and  that,  in  the  primary  years,  science  is  approached  in  a  disconnected  fashion  or  not  at  all  (Keys,  2005;  Tytler  et  al.,  

2008).    In  particular,  the  relevance  of  science  to  young  people’s  lives  and  the  particular  pedagogies  being  adopted  by  teachers  of  science  has  been  questioned.  There  are  indications  that  a  large  proportion  of  primary  teachers  have  low  levels  of  confidence  and  background  knowledge  in  science,  which  impacts  both  their  willingness  and  ability  to  teach  science  effectively.    These  are  critical  areas  of  concern  when  considered  in  combination  with  other  studies  which  show  that  the  development  of  children’s  understandings  is  fundamentally  tied  to  the  quality  of  teaching  (Darling-­‐Hammond,  2000;  DEST,  2003),  thus  highlighting  the  need  for  significant  improvements  in  current  and  future  primary  teachers’  attitudes,  personal  efficacy  and  ability  to  teach  science  effectively.    

   In  Australia,  there  has  been  a  long  history  of  science  instruction  in  primary  schools  suffering  from  low  teacher  confidence,  poor  knowledge,  and  a  packed  curriculum  and  time  restrictions.  In  addition,  the  more  pressing  issues  of  literacy  and  numeracy  often  push  science  to  the  periphery  in  many  primary  schools  (see  for  example  critiques  offered  by  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  11  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Goodrum,  Hackling  &  Rennie,  2001;  Tytler,  2007).  As  a  result,  the  image  of  a  burgeoning  'crisis  of  interest'  in  science  education  is  being  promulgated  (Chubb,  2013)  in  response  to  a  picture  of  school  science  that  often  misses  the  possibilities  for  engaging  science  approaches  in  favor  of  sanitised,  and  predictable  forms  of  science  that  permeate  primary  science  teaching  (Tytler,  2007).  In  Australia,  time  taught  teaching  science  lags  far  behind  other  content  areas,  which  is  reflected  in  achievement  levels  below  other  developed  nations  (Peterson  &  Treagust,  2014;  Chubb,  2001;  Marginson  et  al.,  2013).  These  are  important  concerns  when  we  extrapolate  how  both  poor  teaching  practices  and  limited  opportunities  directly  impact  student  engagement  with  school  science  and  teaching:  "considerable  evidence  of  student  disenchantment  with  school  science  in  the  middle  years,  and  a  growing  concern  with  a  current  and  looming  shortage  of  qualified  teachers  of  science"  (Tytler,  2007,  p.  1).    

Partnership theory  In  the  simplest  terms,  partnerships  can  be  viewed  as  two  or  more  entities  working  toward  a  shared  vision.  For  the  purposes  of  this  study  we  wish  to  define  the  notion  of  partnership  as  the  "concept  of  a  genuine  university-­‐school  'partnership'  connotes  a  collaboration  of  professional  conversations,  collegial  learning  and  aligned  processes"  (Rossner  &  Commins,  2012,  p.  2).  This  definition  for  partnerships  rests  on  the  essential  work  of  Kruger  (2009)  who  argued  that  there  are  three  key  factors  of  successful  partnerships:  trust,  mutuality  and  reciprocity.  Trust  is  constructed  as  understanding  between  stakeholders  that  there  should  be  benefits  to  be  gained  for  each  stakeholder;  mutuality  depicts  the  degree  to  which  each  partner  understands  that  working  together  does  lead  to  gains  for  each;  reciprocity  speaks  to  the  value  each  partner  holds  for  the  other  (Kruger,  2009).    Successful  partnerships  are  ones  that  convey  an  affinity  for  an  equal  relationship  demonstrated  through  a  shared  

vision,  equitable  use  of  available  resources,  and  a  balance  power  between  stakeholders  in  decision-­‐making  processes  (Argyris  &  Schon,  1996).    School-­‐university  partnerships  provide  the  basis  for  these  school-­‐based  experiences.  Formal  practicum  arrangements  offer  obvious  partnership  opportunities  and  have  been  the  subject  of  a  variety  of  ALTC  funded  projects.  For  example,  the  project  lead  by  Calvin  Smith  (funded  2011)  examining  the  impact  of  ‘work  integrated  learning’  on  work-­‐readiness  is  underscored  by  the  need  for  strong  links  between  universities  and  the  profession  (Smith,  2011),  as  is  the  project  lead  by  Ryan  and  Jones  (funded  2009)  exploring  practicum  arrangements  in  rural  and  regional  areas.  The  ALTC  project  ‘Practicum  Partnerships:  Exploring  models  of  practicum  organisation  in  teacher  education  for  a  standards  based  profession’  (Ure,  Gough  &  Newton,  2009)  found  a  range  of  tensions  and  ambiguities  inherent  in  traditional  practicum  partnership  arrangements,  and  made  a  number  of  recommendations  concerning  the  need  for  closer  collaboration  between  universities  and  schools;  clarification  of  the  purpose  of  the  practicum;  and  conceptualisation  of  effective  teaching  and  teacher  development.  Their  draft  recommendations  included  a  call  for  research  on  ‘increasing  the  links  between  the  placement  experience  and  the  academic  content  of  programs  to  create  more  informed  knowledge  about  the  application  of  pedagogy’  (p.  56).    Research  has  shown  that  the  incorporation  of  partnerships  into  science  teacher  education  provides  benefits  for  PSTs’  confidence  to  teach  science  and  to  develop  their  science  pedagogical  content  knowledge  (PCK)  (Kenny,  2010).  In  designing  such  authentic  learning  experiences,  the  literature  suggests  that  the  role  of  the  university  lecturer  is  crucial  in  supporting  PSTs  (Howitt,  2007)  by,  for  example,  providing  science  PCK  expertise  that  may  not  otherwise  be  readily  available  from  many  primary  teachers  (Kenny,  2012).  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  12  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Teacher  educators  are  also  essential  in  facilitating  PSTs’  reflection,  assisting  them  in  recognising  those  aspects  of  their  experiences  that  are  important  for  enhancing  teaching  and  learning  (Loughran,  2006).  Indeed,  Darling-­‐Hammond  (2000)  has  noted  that  more  effective  teachers  emerge  from  teacher  education  when  extended  practicum  experiences  and  university  coursework  are  tightly  integrated.      While  there  is  evidence  to  suggest  that  the  in-­‐service  teachers  who  participate  in  partnerships  with  PSTs  view  their  participation  as  professional  learning,  the  most  productive  relationships  arise  when  a  good  professional  relationship  is  established  between  the  PSTs  and  their  in-­‐service  colleagues.  Establishing  direct  contact  between  the  participants  early,  and  reducing  the  supervisory  aspect  of  the  relationship  between  the  pre-­‐service  and  in-­‐service  teachers,  contributes  to  the  relationship  becoming  one  of  mutual  learning  (Jones,  2008;  Kenny  2012;  Murphy  et  al.,  2008).  This  mutuality  also  helps  to  reduce  the  ‘threat’  of  assessment  PSTs  often  associate  with  the  normal  practicum,  which  can  impede  their  willingness  to  trial  different  approaches  in  the  classroom  (McNamara,  Jones  &  McLean,  2007).  While  this  research  points  to  critical  success  factors  leading  to  productive  relationships  in  specific  programs,  the  purpose  of  the  proposed  project  is  to  establish  critical  success  factors  that  are  inclusive  of  a  variety  of  partnership  arrangements  and  pedagogies,  and  to  situate  these  within  a  coherent  Interpretive  Framework.      The  project  thus  has  the  capacity  to  provide  significant  answers  to  issues  currently  occupying  the  minds  of  teacher  educators  and  key  policy  makers,  concerning  the  relationship  between  university  teacher  education,  schools  and  PST  practicum  arrangements.  We  are  not  arguing  for  a  replacement  of  traditional  practicum  arrangements  but  rather  for  discipline-­‐based  

partnerships  –  for  science  but  potentially  also  for  other  curriculum  areas  -­‐  as  an  important  adjunct  to  current  practice  that  can  open  up  models  for  more  effective  practicum  organisation.  The  exploration  of  assessment  of  students  in  these  programs,  centred  in  evidence  based  reflective  practice,  will  inform  current  concerns  about  defensible  teaching  standards  and  knowledge  of  pedagogies.    

Self-efficacy and Identity theory  In  his  seminal  work,  Bandura  (1977)  purported  that  mastery  experiences,  those  experiences  of  personal  accomplishment,  are  one  of  the  most  influential  sources  of  efficacy  information.    Furthermore,  an  individual’s  perceived  efficacy  is  a  strong  determining  factor  in:  the  types  of  activities  and  settings  individuals  elect  to  participate  in  (Bandura,  1977);  their  resilience  and  perseverance  to  overcome  perceived  barriers  (Goddard,  2003);  and  the  types  of  strategies  with  which  they  select  to  teach  (Jones  &  Carter,  2007).    This  suggests  that,  if  provided  with  opportunities  to  successfully  teach  science  to  children,  PSTs’  reported  low  levels  of  self-­‐efficacy  beliefs  about  their  ability  to  teach  science  would  improve.  Subsequently,  PSTs’  willingness  to  plan  and  conduct  science  lessons  should  increase  as  should  their  selection  of  appropriate  science  teaching  strategies  if  these  are  built  into  the  mastery  experiences  in  which  they  are  engaged.  Evidence  from  experience  with  the  five  models  suggests  that  the  approach  is  effective  in  increasing  students’  confidence  and  interest,  and  capabilities  in  teaching  science.    However,  providing  mastery  experiences  alone  is  not  sufficient  if  meaningful  understanding  of  science  teaching  and  learning  is  to  be  achieved.    Korthagen  et  al.  (2006)  argued  that  learning  does  not  occur  through  the  experience,  but  rather  through  reflection  on  experience  and  through  interaction  with  others.    Furthermore,  effective  reflective  practice  using  concrete  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  13  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

examples  has  the  potential  to  bridge  the  theory  practice  divide  (Loughran,  2002),  an  element  that  teacher  education  courses  are  often  criticised  as  lacking  (Darling-­‐Hammond,  2006;  House  of  Representatives  Standing  Committee  on  Education  and  Vocational  Training,  2007;  Parliament  of  Victoria,  Education  and  Training  Committee,  2005).    Darling-­‐Hammond  (2006)  also  offered  the  view  that  the  integration  of  course-­‐work  and  fieldwork  help  PSTs  to  better  ’understand  theory,  to  apply  concepts  they  are  learning  in  their  course  work,  and  to  better  support  student  learning‘  (p.  307).    This  integration  of  theory  and  practice  through  the  key  role  of  reflection  better  prepares  PSTs  to  ’handle  the  problems  of  everyday  teaching  through  theory-­‐guided  action‘(Korthagen  et  al.,  2006,  p.  1021).    In  fact,  Darling-­‐Hammond  (2006)  asserted  that  teacher  education  programs  need  to  provide  opportunities  for  PSTs  to  analyse  and  apply  theory;  reflect  on  their  subsequent  practice;  and  have  further  opportunities  to  retry  and  improve.    

School-­‐based  partnerships  specific  to  science  teacher  education  are  critical  in  providing  these  opportunities  due  to  the  low  levels  of  quality  and  time  spent  on  science  in  primary  schools,  as  discussed  earlier.    These  low  levels  of  quality  science  and  amount  of  time  in  which  science  is  taught  in  classrooms  limits  PSTs’  ability  to  observe  the  teaching  of  science  and  to  practice  it  themselves  during  a  standard  practicum.    A  science-­‐dedicated  school-­‐placement  helps  to  overcome  this  issue  where  teachers  and  PSTs  are  committed  to  providing  time  for  science  teaching  and  learning,  and  teacher  educators  can  facilitate  the  teaching  and  learning  taking  place  to  enhance  quality.    

The  school-­‐based  experiences  in  the  five  participating  universities  involve  science  education  academics  providing  opportunities  and  support  for  primary  science  PSTs  to  plan  and  reflect  on  their  science  teaching  experiences  in  light  of  theory  in  order  to  foster  a  developed  sense  of  praxis.      

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  14  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  3.  What  is  an  Interpretive  Framework?  

 In  the  context  of  approaches  to  pedagogy  and  teacher  education,  an  Interpretive  Framework  provides  a  framework  for  examining  and  understanding  practice,  as  well  as  conceptualizing  and  implementing  practice.  It  is  both  generative  and  evaluative.  It  describes  the  ‘who’,  ‘what’  and  ‘why’  of  practice:  who  is  involved,  what  are  we  doing,  and  why  are  we  doing  it  (this  way)  and  possible  outcomes.      Like  a  ‘concept  framework’,  an  Interpretive  Framework  can  include  guiding  principles  to  direct  action  or  thought.  Like  a  policy  framework,  it  provides  a  structure  for  a  framework  document.  Like  a  media  engagement  framework,  it  is  a  construct  that  helps  to  understand  those  involved,  that  is,  

who  may  stand  to  benefit  or  be  affected  by  the  activity.    Like  an  Enterprise  architecture  framework,  it  organizes  the  structure  of  the  activity  and  incorporates  the  views  of  those  likely  to  be  involved.    In  summary,  an  Interpretive  Framework:  

• is  a  framework  for  examining  and  understanding  practice;  

• is  a  framework  for  conceptualizing,  structuring  and  implementing  practice;  

• consists  of  guiding  principles;    • provides  the  structure  for  a  document;  • helps  to  understand  those  who  may  stand  to  

benefit  or  be  affected  by  the  activity;  and  • incorporates  the  views  of  those  likely  to  be  

affected.      

   

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  15  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  4.  Methodology  in  developing  the  Interpretive  Framework  

 The  development  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  was  iterative  in  its  approach  in  that  data  collection  occurred  in  phases  and  each  phase  informed  the  aspects  included  in  the  framework  and  its  refinement  as  the  project  progressed.        The  initial  phase  (Phase  1)  involved  the  sharing  and  documentation  of  current  practice  and  subsequent  cross-­‐case  analysis  to  identify  common  and  unique  features  of  the  various  cases.      

 This  was  followed  by  an  analysis  of  literature  (Phase  2)  that  situated  the  cross-­‐case  analysis  within  the  learning  of  the  broader  sector,  allowing  for  a  deeper  analysis  of  practice,  and  assisting  the  identification  of  key  themes  that  would  inform  the  Interpretive  Framework  (see  Figure  1).          

 

 Figure  1.  Themes  informing  the  STEPS  Project  

   Phase  3  involved  data  generated  from  key  stakeholders  within  the  individual  case  studies.    Data  included  questionnaires  and  interviews  with  pre-­‐service  teachers  and  interviews  with  university  tutors  and  school  teachers  and  principals  involved  in  the  2013  programs.    These  data  ensured  that  the  

development  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  would  be  informed  by  the  experiences  of  the  students,  tutors,  and  school  stakeholders.      Phase  4  enabled  other  examples  of  partnerships  in  science  education  to  be  captured  through  interviews  with  science  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  16  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

teacher  educators  from  around  Australia.      Data  included:    

• 106  pre-­‐  and  105  post-­‐questionnaires  from  PSTs  • 10  PST  interviews  • 15  interviews  with  university  staff  • 80  interviews  with  teachers  and  principals  • 20  interviews  with  other  teacher  educators  

 Multiple  sources  of  data  have  assisted  in  confirming  the  key  elements  of  the  multiple  cases,  thereby  ensuring  the  credibility  and  reliability  of  the  framework.  Stake  (2006)  claims  that  at  least  three  sources  of  confirmation  are  needed  for  data  to  provide  “assurances  that  key  meanings  are  not  overlooked”  (p.  33).        

Pre-thinking:  Initial  discussions  identified  varied  elements  of  the  project.  These  helped  to  guide  the  literature  search  and  annotated  bibliography,  and  to  conceptualize  the  data  collection  associated  with  evaluation  of  our  projects.  These  elements  related  to  theory  underpinning  the  approach,  the  potential  impact  of  the  school-­‐based  practice,  and  the  specifics  associated  with  the  different  models  of  practice  of  the  project  team  (see  Figure  1).    The  theoretical  elements  refer  to  areas  of  the  literature  that  are  informing  the  study.  The  current  state  of  “Science  teaching  in  primary  schools”,  as  well  as  the  tendency  for  pre-­‐service  teachers  to  have  limited  positive  experiences  with  science  and  opportunities  to  see  science  taught  or  teach  science  on  placement.  This  element  is  related  to  the  conceptualization  of  a  “theory-­‐practice  divide”  between  authentic  classroom  practice  and  educational  theory.  There  appear  to  be  changes  in  the  teacher  education  sector  moving  towards  situated  learning  experiences  that  require  “Partnerships”  with  schools  as  a  way  of  linking  theory  with  practice.  “Partnerships”  are  fundamental  to  the  school-­‐based  practice.    The  research  is  conceptualising  value  for  the  schools,  also  the  

distinctiveness  of  the  science  context  in  terms  of  this  approach.  “Reflective  practice”  and  “Teacher  efficacy  and  identity”  are  fundamental  to  the  practices:  teacher  identity  can  be  a  mechanism  for  developing  a  teacher  efficacy  and  professional  identity  and  teacher  reflection  is  a  mechanism  through  which  identity  development  occurs.  Reflective  practice,  identity  and  efficacy  focus  strongly  on  the  experience  of  the  pre-­‐service  teacher.  This  focus  on  teachers  thinking  their  way  into  a  space  is  a  move  away  from  the  previous  model  of  primary  science  teachers,  which  was  principally  focused  on  competence  and  confidence  (a  deficit  model).  Timing  of  the  school-­‐based  practice  is  important  so  that  PSTs  are  ‘ready’  to  begin  to  develop  an  identity  in  relation  to  science.    The  potential  impact  of  the  project  is  on  “Teacher  Education”  through  providing  practical  and  theoretical  models  of  effective  science  practice  through  real  science  teaching  experiences  that  pre-­‐service  teachers  often  do  not  have  during  placement  or  as  an  in-­‐service  teacher.  The  project  also  has  a  potential  impact  on  “School  practice”  through  preparing  willing  and  able  teachers,  but  also  modeling  for  the  school  teachers  involved  contemporary  and  effective  science  teaching  pedagogy.      The  project  examined  the  specifics  of  the  models  used  by  each  university  involved.  They  are  all  different  in  terms  of  “site  difference  and  contexts”,  that  is  the  schools  used;  and  the  “nature  of  the  school-­‐based  approach”  and  “specifics  of  each  model”  vary  depending  on  the  unit  aims  and  goals  and  nature  of  the  partnerships  involved.  In  addition,  the  variety  of  models  included  has  meant  that  the  project  has  been  able  to  generate  “critical  success  factors  and  barriers”  that  may  be  inherent  in  different  contexts.        Conceptualising the Interpretive Framework  The  first  stage  to  developing  the  Interpretive  Framework  was  to  identify  the  most  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  17  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

fundamental  elements  underpinning  our  practice  –  who  is  involved,  what  are  we  doing,  and  why  are  we  doing  it  this  way.  We  decided  the  framework  must:    

• Be  broad  enough  to  allow  for  depth  of  theoretical  exploration  within  the  different  dimensions  

• Have  practical  application  • Have  theoretical  application  • Draw  on  current  practice  • Draw  on  current  literature  • Lead  to  new  practice  • Support  the  development  of  new  practice  • Encompass  all  elements  of  establishing  and  

implementing  practice      We  looked  at  existing  frameworks  from  the  literature  and  government  and  organizational  documents.  Frameworks  that  we  looked  at  were  presented  in  different  ways:  

• Diagrams/figures  with  key  elements  that  were  discussed  

• Tables  with  relationships  between  various  elements  or  components,  what  might  be  done,  and  possibilities  or  outcomes.  

• Full  documents  that  described  the  background  theory,  lists  of  the  framework  elements  that  are  teased  out,  and  case  studies  to  contextualize  and  apply  the  framework.  

• Descriptions  of  various  elements.    

Emergence of the Interpretive Framework  The  team  identified  parameters  that  we  wanted  incorporated  into  the  framework,  which  included  who  the  key  stakeholders  were,  as  well  as  the  elements  of  our  practice  that  we  felt  needed  to  be  attended  to  in  our  framework.  That  all  of  these  key  stakeholders  and  elements  of  practice  arise  as  a  result  of  the  partnership  was  a  strong  underpinning  theme.  This  set  of  parameters  served  as  an  identification  of  what  was  important.    Framing  the  Interpretive  Framework  was  ultimately  a  representational  issue:  deciding  which  areas  of  our  practice  would  be  highlighted  and  afforded  through  further  inquiry;  the  form  of  representation  that  would  act  as  productive  constraints  on  our  thinking.  Also,  there  were  pedagogical  

decisions  made  based  on  our  desire  to  inform  and  instruct  others  of  the  partnerships  and  pedagogies  that  we  want  to  promote.    The  framing  and  development  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  followed  the  following  lines  of  inquiries:      

• How  are  partnerships  grown  over  time?  • What   are   different   types   of   partnerships,   and  

what   are   their   respective   their   purposes   and  values?  

• What  is  fundamental  to  the  pedagogies  that  can  arise  within  partnerships?  

• What   is   needed   for   partnerships   to   achieve  quality   learning   outcomes   and   changed  practices?    

 Dissemination and evaluation

   The  emerging  ideas  have  been  subject  to  a  comprehensive  dissemination  strategy,  which  has  enabled  useful  feedback.  For  example,  draft  6  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  was  presented  to  academic  and  professional  audiences  at  four  events  in  2014:    

• Workshop  prior  to  ASERA,  Melbourne  • ASERA  Conference,  Melbourne  • ATEA  Conference,  Sydney  • EDULEARN  Conference,  Barcelona  

   

Feedback  from  these  events  led  to  further  changes  to  the  two  tables  Growing  University  School  Partnerships  (GUSP,  p.23)  and  Representations  of  Partnership  Practices  (RPP,  p.26)  as  well  as  identifying  some  key  themes  that  needed  to  be  attended  to  when  constructing  the  vignettes  as  outlined  in  Chapter  5,  6  &  7.          The  dissemination  strategy  included  the  following  (based  on  the  D-­‐cubed  dissemination  resources  by  Hinton  et  al.,  2011):  branding,  conferences,  email  lists,  discussion  forums,  social  networking  tools,  funding  sub-­‐projects  at  other  institutions,  participatory  dissemination,  guides  and  teaching  materials,  influencing  policy,  journal  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  18  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

articles,  book  proposal,  media  releases,  meetings,  roundtables,  invited  presentations,  

newsletters,  project  workshops,  webpages,  online  repository  through  the  project  website.  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  19  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  5.  The  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework  

 This  project  strives  to  describe  practices  that  might  not  be  possible  without  the  partnership  arrangement.  The  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework  (see  Figure  2)  focuses  on  describing  practices  in  a  number  of  ways:    

1. Growing  partnerships  as  a  process  comprised  of  different  stages  involving  various  key  stakeholders  working  together  for  educational  benefits  (Chapter  6).  Narratives  are  used  to  illustrate  practice  (Chapter  8);    

2. Representing  practices  in  diverse  ways  depending  on  the  degree  of  cooperation  and  

collaboration  inherent  in  the  partnership  (Chapter  7).  Narratives  are  used  to  illustrate  practice  (Chapter  8);  

3. Capturing  the  principles  underpinning  quality  partnerships  and  the  changes  that  can  be  enabled  through  partnerships  (Chapter  9).  Vignettes  are  used  to  illustrate  principles  in  practice  and  aspects  of  participation  for  the  various  stakeholders(Chapter  10);  and  

4. Capturing  pedagogical  principles  underpinning  the  practices  that  can  be  enabled  by  partnerships  (Chapter  9).  

 Figure  2.  The  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework  

 All  parts  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  recognise  the  needs  of  the  range  of  key  stakeholders  and  elements  of  practice  (see  below)  that  have  been  found  to  be  fundamental  in  these  partnerships.      

Key  stakeholders:    • Schools:  Those  schools  involved  in  the  

partnership,  usually  recruited  by  the  teacher  educator  through  an  existing  partnership,  such  as,  placement  schools,  other  research  or  educational  activities  by  the  teacher  educators,  

Connective, Generative or Transformative

• Purpose • Institutional Structures • Nature of Partnership • Linking Theory with practice

See Narratives for Sample Practice

Principles of Partnership Practice • Risk-taking & Trust • Reciprocity and Mutuality • Recognition of Respective Goals • Respect • Adaptable and Responsive • Diverse Representations

Growth Model • Enablers of Growth • Personal and Professional Development:

Identity, Confidence, Praxis, Relationships

See Vignettes for Sample Practice

Initiating, Implementing & Evaluating

• Aims and Rationale • Institutional Requirements • Relationships • Nature and Quality of Learning • Commitment to Action See Narratives for Sample Practice

Guiding Pedagogical Principles 1. Partnerships between university and schools. 2. Commitment to quality science education. 3. Authentic interaction with children to bridge the

theory-practice divide. 4. Science teacher educator plays an active role. 5. Practice informed by pedagogical and learning

theories. 6. Pre-service teachers and children interaction is

integral. 7. Involves planning, implementing and

assessment of a learning sequence in science. 8. Reflection on and articulation of practice that

focuses on pre-service teacher development and identity, and children’s learning.

See Case Studies for Sample Practice

Growing(University/School(

Partnerships((GUSP)(

Representing(Partnership(Practices((RPP)(

Enabling(Innovative(Practices(

Enabling(Growth(

ACTION(PLAN(Negotiating,(Monitoring,(Evaluating(

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  20  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

or  recruited  for  more  pragmatic  reasons  such  as  closeness  to  the  university.  

• Teachers:  Teachers  at  the  school  whose  classes  are  involved  in  the  program,  or  other  teachers  in  the  school  that  might  be  influenced  in  some  way  by  the  program.  

• Children:  Children  at  the  partnership  schools  involved  in  the  learning  and  teaching  activities  conducted  by  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  

• Pre-­‐Service  Teachers:  University  pre-­‐service  teachers  enrolled  in  the  units  that  incorporate  the  school-­‐based  programs.  They  are  usually  responsible  for  planning,  conducting,  reflecting  on  and  reporting  on  a  primary  science  unit  of  work  involving  children  

• University:  responsible  for  preparing  pre-­‐service  teachers  to  be  teacher-­‐ready.    

• Teacher  educators,  course  directors:  Those  involved  in  delivering  the  courses  that  incorporate  the  school-­‐based  programs.  The  course  directors  are  the  directors  of  an  entire  teacher  education  course  or  program,  and  generally  have  an  overall  understanding  of  the  values,  goals  and  intentions  of  the  course,  and  may  or  may  not  have  an  appreciation  of  the  role  that  school-­‐based  experiences  add  to  the  overall  pre-­‐service  teacher  experience.    

Elements  of  practice:  • Content  knowledge,  skills,  nature  of  disciplinary  

practices  (NOS):  science  content  from  the  science  curriculum  selected  for  teaching  to  pre-­‐service  teachers  and/or  taught  by  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  to  school  children.  

• How  to  teach,  pedagogy:  Teaching  approaches  and  strategies  that  are  considered  fundamental  to  science  education.  These  may  be  part  of  a  tutor-­‐led  curriculum,  and  maybe  part  of  the  planning  and  implementation  of  pre-­‐service  teachers’  units.  For  example,  probing  prior  understanding,  representation  theory,  inquiry,  

promoting  curiosity,  SIS  components  of  effective  teaching.    

• General  pedagogy:  Generic  pedagogy  that  may  also  be  part  of  the  tutor-­‐led  curriculum,  but  which  also  pre-­‐service  teachers  bring  with  them  from  the  broader  education  course  or  program.  For  example,  classroom  management,  questioning,  standards  of  graduate  teachers,  dealing  with  diversity.  

The GUSP and RPP

 Chapters  6  and  7  use  tables  (as  the  GUSP  and  RPP)  to  capture  the  essence  of  the  partnerships  for  both  schools  and  universities.  The  cells  of  the  tables  contain  brief  descriptions,  which  are  later  demonstrated  through  a  series  of  narratives  in  Chapter  8.  These  narratives  draw  on  research  into  our  own  practices,  and  the  experiences  of  other  science  teacher  educators  using  university-­‐school  partnerships.      While  the  GUSP  and  RPP  are  drawn  from  current  practices  from  the  5  institutions  involved  in  the  STEPS  project,  they  have  been  evaluated  to  establish  goodness  of  fit  and  usefulness  for  other  such  partnerships  in  the  education  sector.  They  are  descriptive  of  current  practice  and  visionary  for  new  practice.      

 

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  21  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  6.  Growing  University-­‐School  Partnerships  

   

   Table  1  focuses  on  Growing  University-­‐School  Partnerships  (GUSP).  This  part  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  describes  the  phases  of  initiating,  implementing  and  evaluating  school-­‐based  teacher  education.  The  descriptions  have  been  derived  through  analysis  of  the  practices  of  5  existing  or  past  examples  of  this  practice.      Five  Components  are  used  in  the  GUSP  to  describe  the  likely  processes  and  thinking  required  at  each  phase  of  development.  While  the  development  from  initiation  to  evaluation  appears  to  be  linear  for  each  component,  these  types  of  processes  are  iterative  and  must  remain  responsive  to  the  needs  of  all  key  stakeholders,  which  might  mean  starting  again  at  another  school  if  a  previous  school  is  no  longer  available,  for  example.      Descriptions  of  the  processes  involved  in  developing  these  types  of  partnerships  help  others  who  might  be  considering  adopting  such  partnerships  to  be  aware  of  what  thinking  and  planning  is  needed  over  time.  It  also  can  help  those  within  existing  partnerships  by  providing  a  language  to  talk  about  often  undocumented  and  amorphous  practices.      The  GUSP  is  intended  for  use  by  school  and  university  stakeholder  groups.  The  cells  of  the  GUSP  can,  therefore,  be  interpreted  by  each  group.  Elaboration  of  the  five  components  is  described  below.    

GUSP Components

A.  Need  and  Rationale  Whether  initiating,  implementing  or  evaluating  a  university-­‐school  partnership,  the  needs  of  each  partner  and  their  respective  rationale  for  being  involved  in  the  partnership  need  to  be  considered.    Identifying  needs  and  rationale  ensures  that  each  partner’s  core  requirements  are  accounted  for  in  the  establishment  of  a  partnership  arrangement.  In  effective  partnerships,  partners  regularly  check  with  one  another  in  the  implementation  phase  to  ensure  that  each  other’s’  needs  are  being  met,  and  where  possible,  are  flexible  in  arrangements  to  meet  emergent  needs  that  may  not  have  been  apparent  in  the  initiation  phase.    In  the  evaluation  phase  each  partner  should  review  ways  in  which  arrangements  did  and  did  not  meet  their  respective  needs  and  adjust  the  partnership  arrangement  accordingly  for  future  iterations.    

B.  Institutional  and  Unit  Demands  Both  universities  and  schools  have  a  range  of  constraints  that  may  shape  the  way  in  which  a  partnership  can  be  organised.    Aspects  such  as  timetabling,  curriculum  and  resources,  to  name  a  few,  may  limit  the  extent  of  the  partnership  arrangement.    Each  organization  should  try  to  identify  as  many  constraints  and  affordances  as  possible  to  ensure  the  success  of  a  partnership.    Partners  should  also  be  prepared  to  respond,  if  possible,  to  changing  constraints  if  and  when  they  become  apparent  during  the  partnership  implementation  periods.    The  evaluation  phase  also  allows  for  changing  or  emergent  constraints  to  be  better  planned  for  in  further  partnership  iterations.    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  22  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

C.  Relationships  An  essential  aspect  of  initiating  a  partnership  arrangement  is  to  define  the  type  of  partnership  that  is  desired/possible.    Defining  the  nature  of  the  partnership  means  considering  the  role  each  person  is  wanting  and  able  to  commit.    Partnerships  can  be  connective,  generative  or  transformative.    Each  of  these  types  of  partnership  is  valuable  in  its  own  right,  but  provides  different  opportunities  for  the  level  of  partners’  involvement  before,  during  and  after  the  partnership  period.    Table  2  (Representations  of  Partnership  Practices)  explores  the  nature  and  extent  of  partner  roles  in  more  detail.    In  evaluating  the  nature  of  the  partnership,  each  partner  can  reconsider  their  level  of  involvement  and  maintain  similar  or  negotiate  different  levels  of  involvement  for  future  iterations.    

D.  Nature  and  quality  of  learning  The  nature  and  the  quality  of  the  learning  arising  from  pre-­‐service  teachers’  (PSTs’)  interaction  with  children  is  the  core  purpose  of  the  partnership.  Here,  the  learning  experiences  of  the  children  are  of  fundamental  concern.  Thus  careful  planning  of  the  types  of  learning  experiences  -­‐  ways  in  which  subject  and  general  content  and  pedagogy  is  implemented  –  is  essential.    The  other  stakeholders  also  stand  to  learn  from  their  involvement  in  the  partnership;  the  degree  to  which  this  is  planned  for  will  depend  on  the  type  of  partnership.  Learning  is  informed  by  educational  research,  particularly  related  to  science  education  and  effective  teacher  practice.  Involvement  of  the  different  stakeholders  in  planning  and  implementation  of  the  learning  experience  can  depend  on  the  nature  of  the  partnership  that  has  been  negotiated.  In  evaluating  these  interactions,  both  partners  consider  the  experience  of  the  children,  the  PSTs,  classroom  teachers,  and  teacher  educators,  and  how  educational  research  can  inform  the  most  effective  experience  possible.  

 

E.  Commitment  to  action  Commitment  to  action  emphasises  that  the  various  partners  generate  common  understanding  of  what  they  are  committing  to.    When  a  lead  partner  initiates  contact  there  is  careful  consideration  to  how  contact  is  made  and  the  process  of  entering  into  a  partnership.  Negotiation  requires  discussion  about  the  aims  and  rationale  for  involvement,  requirements,  constraints,  enablers,  type  of  relationship  desired,  and  learning  outcomes  to  be  achieved.    During  implementation,  all  partners  monitor  and  reflect  on  current  levels  of  commitment  and  involvement.  This  ensures  that  aims  and  rationale,  institutional  requirements,  and  learning  needs  are  consistent  with  the  practices  occurring  within  the  partnership.  There  is  scope  to  shift  practice  as  the  partnership  progresses.    Evaluation  occurs  at  a  time  when  it  is  possible  to  respond  with  change  as  necessary,  such  as  at  the  end  of  a  year  or  after  completion  of  an  iteration  of  the  partnership  practice.  Evaluation  is  informed  by  data.  Sustainability  of  the  practice  depends  on  continued  common  understanding  of  what  each  partner  is  committing  to.        A  set  of  Tools  have  been  developed  to  support  the  three  stages  of  partnership  growth:    

• Partnership   Negotiation   Tool   (PNT),   includes   a  template   for   recording   the   negotiation   as   it  progresses;  

• Partnership  Monitoring  Tool  (PMT);  and  • Partnership  Evaluation  Tool  (PET)  

 The  Tools  consist  of  sets  of  questions  to  guide  thinking.  They  can  be  used  in  association  with  the  other  parts  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  included  within  Figure  2.    

 

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  23  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Table  1.  Growing  University-­‐School  Partnerships  (GUSP)  

  A. Aims

and Rationale

B. Institutional

Requirements

C. Relationships

D. Nature and Quality of Learning

E. Commitment to Action

1. In

itiat

ion

Phas

e

Identify mutual

and differing needs and

provide rationale

Identify requirements,

constraints and enablers governing the approach to partnership

development

Negotiate roles and

responsibilities and define value and

parameters defining the nature of the partnership

Conceptualise an approach to

PST interactions with children

Initiate contact Negotiate actions (See Partnership Negotiation Tool)

2. Im

plem

enta

tion

Phas

e

Be mindful of the needs

and rationale and be

responsive to emerging

needs

Manage, compromise,

justify and respond to

requirements (limitations and

possibilities)

Maintain and work with

partners to meet individual

and differing needs of partners

Enable interactions with children that reflect

subject-related and general content and pedagogy

Monitor and reflect on current levels of commitment and

involvement (See Partnership Monitoring Tool)

3. E

valu

atio

n Ph

ase

Evaluate the needs and rationales for their

continued relevance and future

possibilities.

Evaluate against

institutional requirements, and consider

different possibilities & approaches.

Evaluate the nature of the partnership to

respond to current and future needs

and possibilities.

Evaluate the nature of

interactions drawing on a

range of evidence,

including key stakeholders’

reflections and educational research.

Evaluate commitment and respond with

change as necessary (See Partnership Evaluation Tool)

   

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  24  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  7.  Representations  of  Partnership  Practices  

This  part  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  (Table  2)  depicts  a  typology  of  practices.  These  types—described  as  Connective,  Generative  and  Transformative—are  based  on  the  nature  of  the  purposes,  embeddedness  within  the  partner  institutional  structures,  nature  of  the  partnership  as  collaborative  or  cooperative,  and  extent  to  which  links  between  theory  and  practice  results  in  reflection  on  practice  and  professional  identity  development  for  the  various  partnership  stakeholders.  The  table  is  not  meant  to  imply  increasing  value  but  to  describe  differing  types  of  practices,  each  with  its  own  value  and  arising  out  of  the  desired  purposes  and  educational  outcomes.  It  is  not  meant  to  suggest  a  trajectory  that  a  partnership  must  move  through  in  order  to  reach  maturity.    Again,  the  descriptions  in  each  cell  have  been  derived  through  analysis  of  the  practices  of  5  existing  or  past  examples  of  this  practice.      Descriptions  of  the  types  of  partnerships  assist  those  who  might  be  considering  entering  into  partnerships  to  consider  the  desired  outcomes,  structures,  and  level  of  responsibility  taken  by  each  partner.  It  also  can  help  those  within  existing  partnerships  by  providing  a  language  to  talk  about  often  undocumented  and  amorphous  practices.    

 The  Table  is  intended  for  use  by  school  and  university  stakeholder  groups.  All  cells  have  the  same  content,  therefore,  they  should  be  interpreted  by  each  group.      

RPP components

A. Purposes  Describes  the  rationale  for  partners,  and  in  particular,  schools,  for  participating  in  the  school-­‐based  partnership.  

B. Institutional  Practices  Describes  the  structures  that  exist  within  each  institution  and  how  they  are  managed  and/or  adapted  to  facilitate  the  school-­‐university  partnership.  

C. Nature  of  Partnership  Describes  the  level  of  co-­‐operation  or  collaboration  between  partners  to  service  a  need  or  engage  in  joint  effort  and  commitment  to  partnership  outcomes.  

D. Linking  theory  and  practice  Describes  the  degree  to  which  each  partner  is  involved  in:  reflection  on  theory  and  practice;  and  opportunities  for  professional  identity  development.  

Typology

1. Connective  Connective  partnerships  are  co-­‐operative  in  nature.  They  are  typified  by  a  “win-­‐win”  outcome  where  each  partner  recognizes  a  key  benefit/value  from  working  together.    They  arise  when  one  or  other  of  the  partners  may  have  a  particular  need  and  the  other  is  able  to  provide  a  space  or  service  to  accommodate  that  need.    These  partnerships  sit  within  existing  structures  and  tend  to  be  “one-­‐off”  or  short-­‐term  in  nature.    They  are  provided  because  both  partners  recognize  schools  as  important  sites  for  PSTs  to  link  theory  and  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  25  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

practice.  These  partnerships  meet  important  short-­‐term  needs  and  provide  seeding  opportunities  for  other  partnerships  and/or  more  long-­‐term  generative  or  transformative  partnerships.  

2. Generative    Generative  partnerships,  whilst  still  mainly  co-­‐operative  in  nature,  see  a  greater  level  of  commitment  and  participation  from  both  partners.    These  partnerships  generate  new  or  different  practices  and  outlooks  in  the  school  and  university  programs  by  committing  to  longer-­‐term  involvement  in  the  partnership  arrangement  due  to  the  recognised  mutual  benefits.    Partners  respond  to  one  another’s  needs  to  develop  programs  that  may  involve  small  modifications  to  existing  structures  in  order  to  accommodate  one  another’s  needs.    PSTs  are  engaged  in  reflection  on  their  practice  where  they  make  links  to  underpinning  theoretical  ideas.  Teachers  are  cognisant  of  what  PSTs  are  doing  in  the  classroom  and  this  provides  opportunities  for  them  to  also  reflect  on  

practice  that  may  be  linked  to  theory.  These  partnerships  meet  important  long-­‐term  needs  and  are  well-­‐established  in  both  the  school  and  university  planning.  

3. Transformative  

Transformative  partnerships  are  collaborative  and  focused  on  active  involvement  in  planning  and  delivery  of  curriculum  for  the  purpose  of  professional  learning.    They  are  on-­‐going  and  embedded  in  the  programs  of  the  collaborating  institutions.    Partners  have  an  invested  interest  in  working  collaboratively  to  develop  key  practices  and  outcomes  that  are  aligned  with  and  fundamental  to  their  teaching  and  professional  learning.  Partners  engage  in  critical  reflective  practice  that  is  guided  by  theory-­‐practice  nexus  and  over  time  develops  a  sense  of  professional  identity  forged  through  their  collaborative  experience.    

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  26  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Table  2.  Representations  of  Partnership  Practices    (RPP)  

  A. Purposes

B. Institutional

structures C. Nature of partnership

D. Linking theory with practice

1. C

onne

ctiv

e

Engagement

based on provision of

curriculum or other service

need.

Partnership activities are

short-term and opportunistic and sit within existing

structure.

Both partners provide short-term

services with a focus on one

partner’s needs but with mutual

benefits and value for all.

Both partners

recognise schools as important sites for PSTs to link

theory and practice.

2. G

ener

ativ

e

Partners recognise

opportunities for mutual

professional learning

Partnership activities are

considered long-term and are planned and

catered for in the teacher education

and school programs.

Partners jointly plan the structure

of the school-based practices to the benefit of both.

Opportunities exist for both partners to reflect on practice that may be linked

to theory.

3. T

rans

form

ativ

e

Partner involvement

based on active

professional learning

Partnerships are embedded in the

ongoing structures and practices of the

institutions.

Partners take joint responsibility for mutually agreed

practices and outcomes that are embedded in their

respective core outcomes.

Both partners engage explicitly in

reflective inquiry guided by theories

of professional identity

development.

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  27  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  8.  Narratives  

   The  Narratives  have  been  developed  to  demonstrate  what  the  GUSP  and  RPP  look  like  in  practice.  These  narratives  provide  context  for  the  cells  of  the  GUSP  and  RPP.      Each  Narrative  aligns  with  one  or  more  cells  of  the  GUSP  or  RPP.  They  are  short  descriptions  of  some  elements  of  our  partnership  practice.      The  narratives  are  derived  from  interview  data  with  the  various  stakeholders;  the  data  were  coded  against  the  cells  of  the  GUSP  and  RPP  tables  (e.g.  Row  2,  Column  D).  Some  of  the  data  have  been  included  to  provide  authenticity  for  the  narratives.    All  cells  have  narratives,  which  illustrates  the  diversity  of  partnerships  and  pedagogical  approaches  across  the  five  models  in  the  STEPS  Project.    The  narratives  are  located  in  Appendix  1  (GUSP)  and  Appendix  2  (RPP).    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  28  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  9.  Using  partnerships  for  effective  science  teacher  education  

 Using  partnerships  to  foster  growth  requires  attention  to  both  the  educational  practices  that  are  enabled  because  of  the  partnership,  as  well  as  the  partnership  practices,  which  position  the  stakeholders  as  participants,  contributors  and  beneficiaries  of  the  partnership.    

 Guiding Pedagogical Principles

 The  GPPs  formed  the  basis  of  a  video  (see  Figure  3  for  the  representation  used  in  the  video),  which  was  written  and  acted  by  members  of  the  STEPS  Project  team,  filmed  at  a  partner  school,  and  produced  with  assistance  from  Deakin  University  digital  learning  staff    (Deakin  Learning  Futures).  The  video  is  intended  as  a  resource  for  students,  and  as  a  tool  to  facilitate  uptake  of  school-­‐based  approaches  in  the  sector.  The  video  is  informative  of  the  learning  

experiences  that  PSTs  will  face  within  a  school-­‐based  science  education  unit.  The  video  is  structured  around  the  GPPs,  and  The  Guiding  Pedagogical  Principles  (GPPs)  capture  the  educational  practices  that  can  be  afforded  because  of  a  partnership.      Partnerships  enable  authentic  interaction  between  pre-­‐service  teacher  and  the  school  children.     Quality  and  effective  science  teacher  education  can  be  achieved  when  the  following  guiding  principles  are  exhibited.  includes  interviews  with  a  school  principal,  STEPS  Project  leader,  and  PSTs,  and  footage  of  the  practice  in  action.  It  is  located  on  the  STEPS  Project  website:  http://www.stepsproject.org.au/interpretive-­‐framework          

   

Guiding Pedagogical Principles 1. Embedded within a partnership between university and schools. 2. A commitment to quality science education. 3. Authentic interaction with children in schools for the purpose of bridging the

theory-practice divide

4. Science teacher educator plays an active role in supporting the pre-service teacher in school settings.

5. Science teacher educator and pre-service teacher practice is informed by

pedagogical and learning theories.

6. Interaction between pre-service teachers and children is integral to a science-related unit.

7. Involve planning, implementing and assessment of a learning sequence in science.

8. Reflection on and articulation of practice that focuses on pre-service teacher development and identity, and children’s learning.    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  29  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 

   

   

Figure  3.  The  STEPS  Guiding  Pedagogical  Principles  

Enabling growth through educational practices partnership principles  There  are  a  diversity  of  approaches  and  types  of  partnerships,  some  more  co-­‐operative,  others  more  collaborative.  Each  serves  a  purpose,  and  may  be  short  term  or  long  term.  The  practice  of  initiating,  maintaining  and  evaluating  any  type  of  partnership  can  be  underpinned  by  a  set  of  principles  to  guide  the  partnership  practice.      Effective  partnerships  require:    

 Partnership Principles Effective  partnerships  require:

• Risk-taking & Trust • Reciprocity & Mutuality • Respect • Recognition of respective goals • Adaptability & Responsiveness

to changing needs • Diverse representations

Risk-­‐taking  and  Trust  Entering  a  partnership  for  the  first  time  requires  each  member  of  the  partnership  to  take  a  risk.  Schools  enter  the  partnership  risking  that  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  will  be  capable  and  reliable  as  this  affects  both  classroom  organization  and  children’s  learning.  The  teacher  educator  risks  the  quality  of  the  teaching  and  learning  experience  of  the  pre-­‐service  teachers,  as  a  poor  school  experience  can  have  long  term  detrimental  effects  on  pre-­‐service  teachers’  confidence.    Both  schools  and  teacher  educators  risk  that  the  other  will  be  organized  and  effective  in  contributing  to  the  management  of  the  partnership  –  being  timely,  open  and  honest  with  communication  and  providing  the  necessary  structures  to  support  the  partnership.  These  risk  factors  tend  to  influence  the  nature  of  most  partnerships;  beginning  with  “low-­‐

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  30  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

risk”  level  partnerships  that  may  evolve  to  more  sophisticated  and  transformative  types  of  partnerships  over  time  as  trust  is  built  through  experience.    There  will  always  be  risk,  but  experience  in  the  partnership  and  commitment  to  its  success  from  all  members  ensures  that  this  risk  is  minimized.  

Reciprocity  and  Mutuality  As  identified  in  other  partnership  studies  (e.g.  Kruger  et  al.,  2009),  reciprocity  and  mutuality  are  important  factors  in  partnership  arrangements.    There  needs  to  be  mutual  benefit  for  each  partner  otherwise  motivations  to  be  involved  can  be  adversely  affected.    In  school-­‐university  partnerships,  the  mutual  benefits  emerge  almost  naturally,  but  they  must  be  nurtured  to  ensure  they  are  not  forgotten  in  the  administrivia  that  can  overtake  time  and  energies  in  managing  the  partnership.    Some  of  the  reciprocal  benefits  of  school-­‐university  partnerships  include  the  dedicated  science  learning  experiences  that  pre-­‐service  teachers  bring  to  the  classroom.    These  learning  experiences  are  seen  as  beneficial  for  children’s  learning  as  well  as  for  teachers  who  value  the  gaining  of  new  ideas  for  science  teaching.      Principals  and  teachers  also  value  the  contribution  they  are  making  to  the  profession  by  supporting  pre-­‐service  teacher  learning.      Pre-­‐service  teachers  gain  valuable,  authentic  experiences  that  help  to  build  their  teacher  identity,  self-­‐efficacy  and  knowledge  to  teach  science  and  knowledge  of  children  and  their  responsiveness  to  science  learning  experiences.        Teacher  educators  also  gain  valuable  experience  in  the  classroom,  observing  changes  in  school  and  classroom  structures,  trends  in  children’s  interests,  capabilities  and  engagement;  and  technologies  that  are  entering  classrooms  that  can  be  embedded  in  their  own  programs.    Having  these  mutual  

benefits  motivates  each  partner  to  commit  to  and  work  towards  the  success  of  the  partnership.    

Recognition  of  Respective  Goals  Linked  to  reciprocity  and  mutuality  is  the  principle  that  recognises  the  goals  of  respective  members  of  the  partnership.    The  primary  motivations  of  each  partner  must  be  realised  if  the  partnership  is  to  have  any  longevity.    This  means  it  is  important  to  identify  and  cater  for  the  main  goals  of  each  partner.    For  schools  this  is  often  tied  to  the  learning  experience  of  the  children.    If  children  are  not  provided  with  a  quality  learning  experience  the  partnership  will  be  at  risk.    This  makes  it  of  vital  importance  that  teacher  educators  work  closely  with  pre-­‐service  teachers  to  build  their  capacity  to  plan  and  deliver  a  quality  program.    For  teacher  educators,  the  key  goal  is  usually  to  gain  access  to  children  to  ensure  there  is  an  authentic  learning  experience  for  pre-­‐service  teachers,  which  enables  them  to  embed  theory  into  their  practice  in  a  supported  way  as  they  learn  to  become  an  effective  teacher.  Recognition  of  these  primary  goals  lays  the  foundation  on  which  the  partnership  is  structured  and  maintained  over  time.  

Respect  Respect  is  observed  in  many  ways  in  a  partnership  arrangement  and  is  key  to  its  success.    It  is  one  of  the  most  pervasive  principles  in  that  it  is  linked  to  each  of  the  other  principles  identified.    There  is  respect  in  the  risk-­‐taking  and  building  of  trust  over  time;  respect  for  the  needs  and  the  goals  of  each  of  the  partner  members;  respect  for  one  another’s  goals;  and  respect  for  the  types  of  partnerships  that  can  be  established  at  different  stages  of  the  relationship.    Respect  is  fundamental  to  initiating,  maintaining  and  enhancing  partnership  arrangements.  

Adaptable  and  Responsive  to  Changing  Needs  When  partnership  arrangements  are  first  established,  it  can  be  difficult  to  foresee  all  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  31  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

the  factors  that  might  influence  the  success  of  the  partnership.  This  makes  it  essential  that  all  members  of  the  partnership  adopt  a  willingness  to  respond  to  emerging  needs.    This  can  occur  at  different  stages  of  the  partnership.    In  initiating  a  partnership,  some  flexibility  is  needed  in  negotiating  the  structures  and  processes  to  ensure  that  each  member’s  primary  goals  are  met  and  that  the  limiting  factors  around  time  and  resources  are  accounted  for.    When  partnership  arrangements  are  being  implemented,  some  needs  may  emerge  and  need  to  be  responded  to  quite  suddenly,  whilst  others  may  come  from  reflection  and  be  built  into  an  evaluation.    In  the  evaluation  stage,  adapting  and  responding  to  changing  needs  and/or  new  ideas  can  help  the  partnership  evolve  and  this  builds  sustainability  and  potentially,  sophistication  in  the  nature  of  the  partnership.  

Diverse  Representations  A  key  factor  emerging  from  this  project  is  the  need  to  value  a  diverse  range  of  partnership  types.  Partnership  studies  often  purport  the  value  in  those  partnerships  that  are  operating  at  a  high  level  of  collaboration.    Certainly,  these  sorts  of  partnerships,  termed  transformative  in  this  project,  are  of  significant  benefit  to  all  involved.    However,  in  the  establishment  of  new  partnerships,  the  risk  involved  in  entering  such  a  high-­‐level  arrangement  can  be  a  deterrent.    This  is  when  partnerships  that  are  of  a  lower  risk  are  of  importance,  and  should  not  be  less  valued  because  they  are  operating  at  a  more  connective  than  transformative  level.  It  is  from  these  beginnings  that  more  generative  or  transformative  partnerships  can  grow.    There  are  also  situations  in  which  a  connective  partnership  better  meets  the  needs  and  goals  of  its  members.    For  example,  short-­‐term  projects  linked  to  community  or  global  events  can  be  capatilised  on  by  a  connective  partnership.    Hence  there  is  a  need  to  identify  the  nature,  and  guide  the  formation  and  implementation  of  a  diverse  range  of  partnerships,  and  to  

value  each  type  of  partnership  for  the  value  it  brings  its  members  at  a  given  point  in  time.  

Growth Model for using partnerships in

teacher education  People  enter  into  partnerships  because  they  recognise  the  value  that  they  can  play  in  enabling  growth.  Using  partnerships  to  foster  and  enable  growth  within  teacher  education  requires  being  aware  of:  the  potential  for  partnerships  to  enable  innovation  in  pedagogy  (Guiding  Pedaoggical  Principls);  the  principles  required  for  making  partnerships  sustainable  and  effective  (Parternship  Principles);  and  the  fact  that  partnerships  develop,  strenghten  and  evolve  over  time.  The  focus  of  growth  is  tied  to  the  nature  and  quality  of  the  learning  experience  that  occurs  within  the  specific  partnership.  See  Figure  4  for  a  representation  of  how  partnerships  enable  growth.      For  the  university-­‐school  partnerships  represented  in  the  STEPS  project,  the  overarching  aim  is  growth  in  the  quality  and  effectiveness  of  teaching  (through  the  relationship  developed  through  the  partnership)  and  teacher  education  (through  praxis,  and  confidence  and  identity  changes,  both  of  which  are  possible  because  of  the  partnership).  Identity,  Confidence,  Praxis,  and  Relationship  are  four  meta-­‐themes  that  have  been  found  to  be  recurrent  in  the  data,  and  are  illustrated  through  the  vignettes  in  Chapter  10.      In  Figure  4,  the  Partnership  is  the  enabler  of  growth  through:  collaboration  within  and  across  partner  groups;  two-­‐way  communication  which  is  needed  for  developing  and  maintaining  trust,  acknowledging  of  the  risks,  and  in  achieving  reciprocity  where  each  partner  is  willing  to  contribute  to  meeting  the  needs  of  the  other  partner/s;  and  coordination  of  arrangements  by  key  people  who  can  act  as  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  32  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

administrators,  boundary  spanners  and  gatekeepers.    The  intended  outcome  is  achieved  as  Personal  and  Professional  Development,  the  effective  of  which  is  evidenced  through  

changes  in  behavior,  expertise  (including  knowledge  and  practice),  and  attitudes  and    values.    

         

   

Figure  4.  STEPS  Growth  Model  for  Effective  Teacher  Education          

     

 

University-School Partnerships

Growth As more effective teaching and

teacher education

Identity Confidence Praxis Relationship

Collab

orat

ion

Coo

rdin

atio

n

Com

mun

icatio

n

Behav

iour

Exp

ertis

e

Attit

udes

and

Va

lues

Enablers  of  growth  

Personal  and  Professional  Development  

Growth Model for Effective Teacher Education

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  33  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  10.  Vignettes  

 The  vignettes  are  compilations  of  the  data  generated  throughout  the  project,  including  the  case  studies,  interviews  relating  to  the  five  partnerships  models,  and  interviews  completed  with  other  teacher  educators  within  the  science  education  sector  in  Australia.      The  vignettes  are  written  around  themes  that  relate  to  questions  and  issues  that  emerged  during  dissemination  and  evaluation  of  the  project  outcomes  (workshops,  presentations,  as  well  as  the  teacher  educator  interviews).  These  themes  are  important  in  supporting  

uptake  of  school-­‐based  practices  by  other  teacher  educators.      The  themes  are  written  for  different  audiences.  Each  vignette  contains  different  themes.  The  nature  of  the  vignette  depends  on  the  audience.  The  vignette  is  informed  by  data  but  does  not  necessarily  include  the  data  verbatim,  although  the  contributing  data  is  footnoted.    The  themes  prepared  for  different  audiences  are  listed  in  Table  5.    

 Table  3.  Vignette  Audiences  and  Themes  

 Vignette Audience Theme/s

1

Teacher educators and schools

Trust and Reciprocity, Risk taking, Communication and Feedback

2 Schools and/or teachers The valuing of science, Strategic relationship with schools

3 Teacher educators

Integrating educational research into practice

4 Students

Shifting, learning, valuing

   

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  34  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Vignette 1. Partnerships between teacher educators and schools: Reciprocity, Trust,

Risk Taking, and Communication and Feedback  

Reciprocity:  Reciprocity  is  important  to  the  partnership  model.  It  is  only  experienced  when  the  needs  of  each  partner  provides  the  motivation  for  both  partners  to  commit  to  an  ongoing  relationship.  Partners  need  to  see  the  benefits  that  the  partnership  arrangement  brings  to  their  core  business.    The  more  each  partner  tries  to  view  the  arrangement  from  the  needs  of  their  partners’  as  well  as  their  own  needs,  the  stronger  and  more  sustainable  the  partnership  arrangement  can  be.  It  is  this  mutual  benefit  that  defines  the  reciprocity  that  partnership  arrangements  need  for  success.    

Benefits  for  Universities  For  teacher  educators  and  pre-­‐service  teachers  one  of  the  primary  motivations  for  involvement  in  a  partnership  is  the  opportunity  for  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  to  gain  authentic  experience  of  teaching  a  unit  of  science  to  children.  Pre-­‐service  teachers  need  a  successful  and  authentic  experience  of  teaching  science  to  children  to  not  only  enhance  their  knowledge  and  capability  in  teaching  science5  but  also  to  build  their  confidence.  Having  a  school-­‐university  partnership  in  teacher  education  provides  pre-­‐service  teachers  with  an  opportunity  to  apply  and  practice  the  theory  they  are  learning  in  the  university  setting  in  a  timely  and  often  concurrent  manner.  This  concurrent  theory-­‐practice  learning  is  not  always  possible  when  the  formal  teaching  experience  sits  before  or  after  curriculum  units,  or  even  once  they  have  entered  the  profession.      To  gain  a  good  understanding  of  teaching  scientific  concepts  in  a  way  that  develops  children’s  knowledge,  pre-­‐service  teachers  need  to  teach  a  whole  unit  of  science  so  they  can  conduct  the  necessarily  assessment  and  learning  activities  that  build  knowledge  over  time  within  a  focus  area.  This  is  something  that  does  not  necessarily  occur  on  rounds.  Pre-­‐service  teachers  also  need  to  see  the  way  in  which  children  respond  to  science  learning  in  order  to  develop  a  sense  of  whether  their  teaching  activities  and  approaches  are  successful  or  not.    This  direct  involvement  with  children  

learning  science  also  gives  them  the  much  needed  opportunity  to  witness  the  engagement  and  enjoyment  children  have  in  learning  science,  which  is  often  unexpected  due  to  their  own  poor  experiences  and/or  attitudes  towards  science.  The  partnership  also  serves  an  important  function  of  helping  those  teacher  educators  who  visit  or  are  involved  in  the  schools  during  the  teaching  periods  that  are  connected  to  their  units.    Teacher  educators  need  to  see  what  is  happening  in  the  school  to  not  only  assess  the  success  of  their  own  science  education  programs,  but  also  to  see  the  ways  in  which  classrooms  and  schools  are  evolving  over  time.    

Benefits  for  Schools  School-­‐university  partnerships  also  provide  a  number  of  benefits  for  schools.    Schools  need  strong  science  programs,  but  they  often  struggle  to  address  science  adequately  for  a  range  of  reasons.  Teachers  need  to  cover  a  lot  of  content  from  a  range  of  curriculum  areas  and  they  often  feel  the  pressure  of  a  crowded  curriculum.  Teachers  also  need  to  have  confidence  in  their  background  knowledge  of  science  and  in  their  ability  to  teach  it  effectively.  The  lack  of  this  confidence  and/or  knowledge  can  limit  their  ability  and  incentive  to  each  science.    A  partnership  with  a  university  science  teacher  education  program  can  help  to  address  these  needs  by  providing  access  to  expert  science  educators  to  ensure  there  is  adequate  support  in  the  development  and  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  35  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

delivery  of  science  units.    Schools  also  need  to  have  appropriate  resources  –  both  staffing  and  material–  to  provide  a  rich  science  curriculum.    Access  to  such  resources  can  be  difficult  for  schools  and  a  partnership  approach  helps  to  address  this  through  the  use  of  equipment  borrowed  from  the  university  involved.  Schools  also  value  the  engagement  and  excitement  that  the  science  program  brings  out  in  the  children.  The  nature  of  the  school-­‐university  partnership  allows  children  to  see  that  science  is  accessible  to  them  and  not  something  that  is  only  for  the  “smart  kids”  or  “nerds.”      

Many  principals  and  teachers  view  the  partnership  as  an  opportunity  for  science  professional  learning  where  they  learn  a  range  of  new  activities  and  ideas  and  keep  up-­‐to-­‐date  with  contemporary  pedagogical  approaches.      Many  schools  also  highlight  the  benefit  of  the  partnership  for  future  recruitment  as  they  get  to  know  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  and  their  capabilities  through  the  program.  The  partnerships  with  universities  are  viewed  as  an  attractive  selling  point  for  some  schools  and  they  advertise  it  through  their  newsletters  and  school  council  meetings  as  a  way  of  demonstrating  the  school’s  success.  

Risk taking and Trust:  Trust  between  partners  is  always  an  important  component  of  successful  partnerships.  Trust  is,  however,  something  that  takes  time  and  experience  to  establish.    This  means  that  at  the  beginning  of  any  partnership  arrangement,  both  partners  need  to  examine  and  commit  to  taking  the  risk  of  working  with  one  another.    This  risk  taking  can  be  quite  difficult  for  school-­‐university  partnerships  as  it  is  often  the  teachers  and  teacher  educators  organising  the  partnership  arrangement  that  places  the  learning  of  their  respective  students  at  risk.        Ensuring  that  a  partnership  runs  smoothly  and  is  successful  can  be  quite  demanding  on  the  people  involved.  There  is  a  significant  amount  of  work  involved  including  that  of  recruiting  willing  partners,  determining  the  needs  and  desires  of  each  partner,  and  establishing  a  program  that  addresses  these  needs  and  desires.    Beginning  a  program  like  this  can  also  be  risky  in  ensuring  that  there  are  enough  pre-­‐service  teachers  and  enough  children  to  meet  everyone’s  needs.  These  types  of  considerations  require  commitment  and  flexibility  from  everyone  involved  and  partners  may  need  to  alter  those  aspects  of  their  programs  they  can  if  they  want  a  partnership  to  proceed.    Partners  need  to  negotiate  some  challenging  aspects  such  as  timetabling  and  consider  how  other  

programs  each  partner  needs  to  deliver  will  fit  in/around  the  partnership  arrangement.      The  reward  for  taking  this  initial  risk  is  the  relationship  and  trust  that  is  able  to  be  established  over  time.    Ideally,  schools  and  universities  will  have  the  same  people  involved  in  the  program  in  an  on-­‐going  basis  to  allow  the  relationships  to  develop  and  trust  to  build.    However,  even  then,  there  is  no  guarantee  that  a  successful  partnership  will  eventuate.  Partnerships  can  be  maintained  or  grown  once  that  initial  trust  is  established  and  consistency  of  success  is  experienced.        

Communication as a tool for developing and sustaining relationships

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  36  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Feedback  and  communication  is  needed  between  all  key  stakeholders:  university  students,  teachers,  principals,  children  and  university  tutors.  Communication  is  needed  for  establishing  the  relationship  so  that  the  needs  and  demands  of  the  school  and  university  can  be  built  into  the  developing  relationship.  Also  important  is  ongoing  communication  and  opportunities  for  feedback  in  order  to  maximise  the  learning  taking  place  for  students  and  to  ensure  that  the  relationship  continues  to  be  beneficial  for  the  children,  the  teachers,  and  in  meeting  the  unit  objectives.  Communication  is  needed  for  developing  and  maintaining  trust  in  the  program  delivery  positive  outcomes,  and  in  achieving  reciprocity  where  each  partner  is  willing  to  contribute  to  meeting  the  needs  of  the  other  partner/s.  Feedback  is  an  important  mechanism  for  checking  that  all  is  well,  that  changing  needs  are  recognised,  and  that  there  is  room  for  movement  and  change.    

Communication  Communication  is  needed  when  negotiating  partnership  arrangements,  both  negotiating  the  current  arrangements  and  helping  shape  future  arrangements.    Good  communication  between  the  University  representative,  principals  and  the  teachers  involved,  are  central  to  the  relationship.  Good  communication  when  establishing  a  relationship  can  help  to  dispel  apprehensions  from  principals  and  teachers  that  might  have  developed  from  past  experiences  of  working  with  partner  organisations,  such  as  other  universities.  Discussions  with  the  classroom  teachers  prior  to  teaching  about  the  topics,  the  approach,  and  expectations  are  central  to  getting  teachers  feeling  at  ease  and  knowing  it  is  all  going  to  be  ok.  This  first  communication  establishes  the  nature  of  and  expectations  for  future  interactions.          Schools  need  to  know  that  they  can  influence  the  nature  of  the  relationships  and  the  type  of  experiences  that  their  students  are  involved  in.  By  listening  to  schools,  there  is  greater  opportunity  for  the  work  of  the  students  to  be  valued  because  the  content  might  tie  into  the  curriculum,  and  there  is  greater  potential  for  the  classroom  teachers  to  extent  and  support  the  work  of  the  students.    

Feedback  Feedback  for  the  school  about  the  value  of  the  partnership,  leading  to  ongoing  involvement  

is  important.  Feedback  between  students  and  the  teacher,  and  between  tutor  and  students  are  central.    Good  feedback  means  satisfaction,  which  hopefully  translates  as  sustainability  of  the  program.  Teachers  and  principals  are  attuned  to  whether  issues  arise.  Getting  the  principals  and  teachers  on-­‐side  is  central  so  positive  feedback  about  what  the  children  are  doing  with  science  gives  principals  and  teachers  assurance  that  it  is  working.    An  open  line  of  communication  between  PST  and  teacher  works  best  if  the  flow  of  information  goes  both  ways.  The  teachers  appreciate  the  teaching  ideas  that  students  offered  through  their  lessons,  as  well  as  being  briefed  on  the  concepts  and  standards  that  their  children  were  covering.  Teachers  also  feel  comfortable  when  their  knowledge  of  the  different  learners  in  the  classroom  are  sought,  respected  and  built  into  the  relationships  developed  between  their  children  and  the  students.    Students  appreciated  the  feedback,  guidance  and  support  of  the  classroom  teachers.  Such  feedback  has  the  effect  of  assisting  in  the  immediate  teaching  of  the  unit,  promoting  reflection  on  that  teaching,  and  providing  a  positive  memory  of  the  school  and  the  experience.  This  opportunity  for  feedback  arises  out  of  attentiveness  to  what  the  students  are  doing  (instead  of  using  that  hour  as  time  release)  which  the  teacher  might  then  extend  later.  Finding  that  balance  between  giving  the  students  space  and  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  37  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

having  input  to  proceedings  is  needed  to  make  it  work.  Feedback  from  the  tutor  was  also  valued  by  students  in  relation  to  the  

teaching  that  was  going  on,  the  lesson  plans  that  were  being  constructed  and  generally  how  the  students  were  going.

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  38  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Vignette 2. Schools perspectives: Strategic relationships with university  

 School  involvement  in  the  program  was  initiated  through  contact  with  the  principal  by  the  university  and  the  information  passed  onto  teachers.  These  groups  generally  had  similar  ideas  about  involvement  in  the  program,  but  slightly  different  perspectives.  Both  principals  and  teachers  saw  the  value  in  working  with  the  university  to  support  pre-­‐service  teachers,  where  collaboration  emerged  as  a  powerful  experience  for  both  pre  and  in-­‐service  teachers.      

Principal perspective (Before)  Principals  tended  to  focus  on  how  the  program  fit  with  their  strategic  priorities  and  the  perception  that  teachers  needed  additional  support  in  science.    The  principals  articulated  that  a  university  supported  program  of  pre-­‐service  teachers  working  in  their  school  was  a  great  idea  and  were  keen  to  be  involved.  The  principals  surveyed  said  they  saw  the  value  of  what  science  has  to  offer  in  the  curriculum  but  they  recognised  that  often  their  teachers  lacked  confidence  with  science.  Being  involved  in  this  program  offered  a  good  opportunity  to  engage  with  science  and  in  many  cases,  science  was  also  a  strategic  curriculum  priority  for  their  school.  They  also  felt  the  program  offered  their  teachers  an  opportunity  for  professional  development  in  science  by  working  collaboratively  with  the  PSTs  as  colleagues.      Lastly,  principals  also  perceived  that  schools  were  partly  responsible  for  improving  links  with  the  university  and  contributing  to  the  professional  growth  of  PSTs  by  providing  experiential  opportunities  for  future  teachers.    

Principal perspective (After)

 Principals  often  mentioned  that  the  program  helped  to  strengthen  links  between  primary  schools  and  their  university  partners,  they  expressed  a  willingness  to  be  involved  in  future  offerings  of  the  program  as  the  closer  relationship  ultimately  improved  both  teacher  and  student  engagement  with  science.    

The  feedback  was  positive  and  many  principals  reported  increased  enthusiasm  for  science  across  the  school.  Many  remarked  that  the  partnership  met  their  expectations  with  regard  to  the  benefits  they  had  anticipated  for  their  teachers  before  the  program  started,  in  terms  of  increased  confidence  with  science  and  their  professional  development.    Principals  added  that  they  would  like  to  develop  closer  links  between  the  school  and  the  University  in  order  to  explore  more  sustainable  outcomes  by  finding  ways  for  this  experience  to  have  a  wider  impact  in  the  school.  Some  suggestions  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of  the  program  included  providing  opportunities  to  provide  feedback;  extending  the  partnership  approach  to  other  curriculum  areas;  recognising  the  program  as  mutually  beneficial;  and  coordinating  the  partnership  program  with  the  practicum  to  take  advantage  of  the  relationships  built  up  between  the  PST  and  the  class.    

Teachers’ perspective (Before):  Teachers  saw  the  value  that  science  had  to  offer  but  tended  to  focus  more  on  the  barriers  to  teaching  science  including  their  lack  of  confidence  with  the  subject.  They  clearly  saw  the  program  offered  a  good  professional  development  opportunity  that  would  also  benefit  their  students.      While  some  teachers  admitted  they  tended  to  avoid  science  due  to  a  range  of  barriers,  they  were  aware  of  the  unique  opportunity  it  could  offer  their  students  to  learn  through  inquiry  based  learning  experiences  and  observation;  to  draw  on  their  life  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  39  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

experiences;  to  use  science  processes;  to  explore  and  better  understand  how  things  work  in  the  world  around  them  and  to  provide  ideas  for  integrating  other  areas  of  the  curriculum  with  science.  The  teachers  hoped  that  through  their  involvement  in  the  program,  their  students  would  be  engaged  and  their  natural  curiosity  would  be  stimulated.  Teachers  also  were  looking  to  get  some  fresh  ideas  and  build  their  own  confidence  with  science.  The  teachers  tended  to  view  the  PSTs  as  peers  and  saw  the  program  as  a  chance  to  really  focus  on  science.  They  felt  the  program  would  help  to  overcome  the  problems  due  to  the  over-­‐crowded  curriculum  and  ensure  they  dedicated  a  period  of  time  to  science  so  it  isn't  swallowed  up  with  competing  curriculum  demands.    

Teachers’ perspective (After):  Many  teachers  were  surprised  how  effective  science  was  within  their  own  classrooms.  When  they  witnessed  the  engagement  of  their  own  students  with  science  it  had  a  very  positive  effect  on  their  own  attitudes  towards  science.  They  also  expressed  a  willingness  to  be  involved  in  the  program  in  future  and  made  suggestions  for  further  improvement.      The  teachers  were  very  supportive  of  the  program  and  willing  to  participate  in  future,  seeing  the  cooperation  with  the  university  as  a  positive  for  all.  Teachers  noticed  that  the  science  activities  really  engaged  their  students;  how  their  students  looked  forward  to  the  weekly  science  lesson  and  responded  

so  well  to  the  hands  on  nature  of  the  activities.  This  reminded  them  of  the  importance  of  including  science  in  the  teaching  program  and  caused  them  to  reflect  on  whether  they  were  doing  do  enough  science  with  their  class.  In  some  cases,  where  teachers  lacked  confidence,  watching  the  pre-­‐service  teacher  helped  them  to  realise  that  teaching  science  need  not  involve  complicated  preparation,  it  can  be  more  easy  to  implement  than  they  had  thought.  Where  teachers  were  more  confident  with  science,  they  reported  that  they  learned  some  new  science  content  and/or  it  provided  fresh  ideas  and  allowed  them  to  reflect  upon  their  own  teaching  by  observing  and  assisting  rather  than  supervising  the  PST.      The  teachers  were  very  supportive  of  the  program  and  saw  the  benefits  for  their  students,  teaching  colleagues  and  PSTs  alike.  Some  suggested  ways  in  which  the  program  could  be  improved  such  as:  including  visits  to  the  classroom  before  the  lessons  started  so  that  the  PSTs  could  get  a  better  idea  of  the  needs  of  the  class;  a  chance  to  build  a  relationship  prior  to  teaching  the  class;  and  more  time  to  de-­‐brief  after  lessons.  Teachers  new  to  the  program  suggested  better  communication  about  the  program  so  they  were  more  aware  of  their  role  and  who  they  might  contact  if  they  needed  to  clarify  something.  Where  programs  were  more  established,  the  teachers  appreciated  the  open  lines  of  communication  and  building  relationships  with  the  university  staff.

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  40  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Vignette 3. Teacher educator perspectives – Integrating educational research into

practice  

This  vignette  reflects  the  reported  reflections  of  university  tutors  working  in  school-­‐based  science  education  for  pre-­‐service  primary  teachers.    It  discusses  the  tutors’  perceptions  of  the  affordances  and  constraints  of  these  programs  with  respect  to  changes  in  pre-­‐service  teachers’  confidence  and  identity  and  their  ability  to  teach  science  aligned  with  school-­‐university  based  science  education  experienced  in  the  partnership.    

Need for improved primary science education

 The  quality  of  science  education  has  been  the  focus  of  a  number  of  research  projects  nationally  and  internationally,  including  concerns  about  primary  teachers’  lack  of  science  knowledge  and  confidence  to  teach  science.  The  practice  of  integrating  multiple  learning  domains  such  as  science  into  units  of  work  has  led  to  science’s  lack  of  prominence  in  the  curriculum,  so  pre-­‐service  teachers  may  have  little  opportunity  to  observe  or  engage  in  science  teaching  whilst  on  practicum.  School-­‐based  science  education  for  pre-­‐service  primary  teachers  has  the  potential  to  build  their  science  knowledge  and  confidence  to  teach  science.  The  Science  Teacher  Partnerships  with  Schools  (STEPS)  project  investigated  the  effectiveness  of  school-­‐based  approaches  to  pre-­‐service  primary  science  teacher  education.      

Affordances of school-based model  The  school-­‐based  experience  was  found  to  provide  pre-­‐service  teachers  with  an  authentic  engagement  with  the  teaching  of  science  while  being  supported  by  their  university  tutors.    The  PSTs  are  actually  doing  this  every  week  and  then  have  the  ability  to  reflect  on  it  before  they  go  and  do  the  next  week.  They  can  interact  with  the  university  tutor  and  the  classroom  teacher  

before  and  after  their  teaching.  Then,  in  the  reflection  afterwards,  important  connections  can  be  made.      The  school-­‐based  model  applied  to  pre-­‐service  teacher  education,  therefore,  provides  the  opportunity  to  employ  intense,  explicit  work  for  primary  children  drawing  upon  their  real  life  experiences  to  make  sense  of  the  world  around  them.  It  gives  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  a  more  realistic  view  of  what  the  science  is  and  how  to  teach  science.  It  makes  the  connection  between  the  theory  and  the  practice  so  much  more  real  and  effective.  There  are  high  levels  of  positive  feedback  for  the  school-­‐based  science  education  model  and  an  appreciation  by  school  teachers  of  the  planning,  preparation  and  flexibility  demonstrated  by  pre-­‐service  teachers.        School-­‐based  experience  has  advantages,  which  cannot  be  gained  in  the  University  environment    and  is  particularly  so  as  an  intense  focus  on  a  teaching  domain  and  small  teaching  groups  of  primary  school  children  ensure  relationships  and  rapport  are  built  over  time.    Additionally,  it  allows  the  construction  of  their  science  understandings  through  hands-­‐on  activities  and  targeted  individual  attention.  This  is  supported  by  teachers  and  teacher  educators  who  observe  and  support  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  delivering  the  unit  of  science.    The  model  provides  a  way  for  PSTs  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  41  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

to  have  a  focus  on  the  observation  and  implementation  of  theory.  This  leads  to  the  practice  and  implementation  of  theory.  Allowing  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  to  witness    the  benefit  of  what  they  have  done  in  classes  at  university.  It  is  practicing  teaching,  not  just  learning  the  theory  and  learning  about  it  in  a  classroom  at  university  with  no  context.  The  PST  can  go  out  and  do  what  they  have  been  told  about  or  advised  to  do  and  practice  it.  It  provides  an  opportunity  for  the  entwining  of  theory  and  practices  so  bridging  that  theory/practice  gap.  It  is  not  just  the  PST  learning  about  teaching  in  isolation  and  then  expecting  teaching  to  be  put  it  into  place  when  they  go  out  on  their  practicum  or  when  they  eventually  graduate.  Their  school-­‐based  experience  is  accompanied  by  an  on-­‐site  tutorial  where  theoretical  frameworks  such  as  the  5Es  are  

discussed.  Theoretical  frameworks  such  as  the  5Es  can  be  incorporated  into  an  on-­‐site  tutorial  and  this  can  then  be  supplemented  by  the  school-­‐based  experience  derived  from  the  PSTs  participation  in  the  model.  So  it  is  a  big  part  of  the  tutorials,  not  just  talking  about  the  theory  but  also  discussing  how  it  can  be  applied  and  then  practising  the  theory  straight  away.  The  model  encourages  and  supports  them  to  be  more  professional  about  what  they  are  doing  as  well  as  supporting  them.    It  is  important  to  note  that  obstacles  may  impede  the  success  of  the  model,  in  particular  issues  relating  to  timetabling  both  in  a  school  and  in  the  University  environment.  Despite  this,  the  placement  provides  pre-­‐service  teachers  with  excellent  preparation  to  move  into  teaching.  

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  42  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Vignette 4. The Pre-service teacher experience: Shifting, learning, valuing

 This  vignette  reflects  the  reported  outcomes  of  growth  that  pre-­‐service  teachers  experience  as  a  result  of  a  science  teaching  focus  that  arises  from  the  school-­‐university  partnership.  It  relates  to  changes  in  confidence  and  identity  aligned  with  school-­‐university  based  science  education  experienced  in  the  partnership.    

Working in school based teams for planning

 A  significant  and  notable  growth  reported  in  the  data  is  in  the  changes  to  students’  identity  and  their  teaching  practices.  This  arose  from  the  experiences  of  working  with  a  range  of  others,  peers,  mentor  teachers  and  university  staff.  The  students  experience  team  planning  and  team  teaching.  This  can  be  experienced  when  working  with  each  other,  or  with  school  based  teachers,  or  with  university  academics.  Some  PSTs  initially  expressed  concern,  even  anxiety,  just  around  the  thought  of  planning  with  others  (I  wasn't  really  quite  sure  how  I  was  going  to  go  with  team  planning,  but  I  actually  really  enjoyed  it,  ...  Everyone  was  very  supportive;  I  had  to  plan  with  other  people  ...  We  had  to  get  together  with  somebody  else  ...  and  work  out  a  comprise,  so  that  was  really  good  I  guess.).  The  'others'  includes  their  peers,  predominately,  they  seem  to  be  satisfied  and  comfortable  with  planning  discussions  with  academics  and  school  based  staff  (I  actually  worked  collaboratively  with  my  PLT.  There  were  three  other  grade  five  teachers  so  I  worked  with  them  for  the  brainstorming;  if  it  didn't  work  you  can  take  it  back  to  uni  the  next  day  or  the  next  week  and  share  and  having  that  resource  of  people).  There  are  a  variety  of  successes  reported,  and  some  failures  as  well,  as  students  managed  planning  times  (so  I  thought  we  should  have  sat  down  at  then  beginning  and  gone  'well  where  do  we  want  the  kids  to  be  at  the  end  of  the  unit'.).      

Experiences of planning over time  There  are  examples  of  enthusiastic  reporting  of  successful  teams  planning  together  (I  had  two  people  who  I  was  working  with  we're  really  good  partners  so  we  shared  a  lot  of  information  and  we  were  able  to  build  upon  each  other),  researching  science  concepts  and  resourcing  lessons  with  materials,  and  discussing  students  learning  needs.  The  planning  week  by  week,  and  following  up  on  previous  teaching,  for  some  had  not  been  a  successful,  or  team  experience,  and  for  some  had  an  infrequent  experience  (Planning  I  think  because  I'd  never  really  done  any  planning  week  to  week).  In  addition  some  were  able  to  experience  the  need  to  plan,  and  then  be  flexible  in  response  to  students  learning  needs  (you  can  see  that  it's  still  going  to  work  even  if  things  don't  go  exactly  to  plan).    Confidence from working and planning with

others  The  students  who  reported  on  successful  teamwork,  in  their  placement,  shared  collegiate  experiences  of  knowing  the  students  and  making  more  informed  decisions  together.  (I  really  liked  that  we  got  the  chance  to  meet  the  kids  and  decide  on  what  they  were  interested  in  and  go  on  from  there;  we  actually  get  to  see  it  for  ourselves).  The  regular  contact  with  schools,  and  the  regular  classrooms  experience,  contributed  to  the  confidence  and  enjoyment  levels,  because  PSTs  felt  more  confident.  Their  increased  positive  identities  were  aligned  with  the  idea  that  they  felt  that  they  knew  what  was  needed  to  be  taught  (we  got  a  feeling  of  what  they  wanted  to  know  which  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  43  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

was  really  good  felt  that  was  really  engaging  for  them).      

Confidence in teaching science  Confidence  is  a  key  element  evident  in  the  discussions  and  repeated  with  frequency  by  the  PSTs.  This  is  associated  with  team  planning  and  teaching,  as  reported  above,  but  it  is  also  associated  with  the  teaching  of  science  in  classrooms  (So  I  think  it's  opened  my  eyes  to  the  wonderful  things  that  you  can  do  through  science  and  its  made  me  feel  more  confident  approaching  it  in  a  school  setting;  and  honestly  much  more  excited  about  teaching  science.  I'm  certainly  not  hesitant  anymore  I'm  ready  to  do  it  and  I've  already  got  lots  of  ideas  yes  it  was  a  very  ...  really  positive  experience  of  science  teaching  and  learning;  I  think  without  the  amount  of  experience  that  I  had  I  wouldn't  be  able  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  students  like  I'm  able  to  now).      

Valuing teaching science  The  teaching  of  science  is  valued  for  both  the  classroom  practice  (I  was  a  little  bit,  not  hesitant,  but  a  bit  unsure  when  it  came  to  teaching  science)  and  as  a  valued  experience  that  they  could  refer  to  in  a  statement  on  their  CV  (I  go  into  teaching  I'll  know  how  to  do  it  ...  I've  delivered  a  science  unit  and  when  I  go  for  a  job  interview  I  think  confidentially  I'd  land  a  successful  science  (inaudible  -­‐  assuming  'job')  because  of  this,  this  and  this.)      

Successful class experiences teaching science

 This  change  in  confidence  is  a  major  factor  noted  by  classroom  teachers,  and  in  the  subsequent  interviews  for  this  project,  

confidence  is  oft  stated,  and  tied  to  a  successfully  supported  placement  teaching  science.  The  PSTS  have  experienced  the  positive  impact  of  science  teaching  in  classrooms,  and  how  level  engagement  and  enthusiastic  participation.    Students  explain  how  nervous  they  were  before,  but  as  a  result  of  high  levels  of  classroom  engagement,  now  declare  growth  in  confidence  levels  (I  guess  I  was  so  nervous  and  didn't  get  much  sleep  the  night  before  my  first  lesson  ...  The  kids  were  really  engaged  ...  it  was  quite  good  content  ...  So  I  guess  probably  the  confidence  was  the  biggest  thing  ...  I've  been  much  more  relaxed;  yes  absolutely  I  feel  a  lot  more  confident).        

   

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  44  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  11.  Sustainability  

 Sustaining  effective  university-­‐school  partnerships  requires  an  understanding  of  the  expectations  and  needs  of  each  participant.  Each  setting  is  complex  in  the  range  and  diversity  of  expectations  and  needs  and  the  variation  is  as  unique  as  the  individuals  involved.    Each  person  has  different  constraints  and  affordances  required  at  the  institutional  level  that  may  enable  or  constrain  elements  of  participation.  The  differing  needs  and  expectations  need  to  have  been  explicitly  shared  and  understood  to  support  the  building  of  the  relationship,  and  this  goes  some  way  to  contributing  to  sustaining  an  effective  relationship.    This  chapter  identifies  elements  that  contribute  to  success  and  underpin  the  future  sustainability  of  relationships.  When  examining  a  university-­‐school  partnership  and  how  it  is  contributing  to  the  identified  needs  of  the  different  stakeholders,  the  GUSP  can  support  the  evaluation  of  this  process:      

• The  evaluation  phase  of  the  GUSP  encourages  each  partner  to  justify  the  relevance  of  the  existing  program,  and  opportunities  for  future  improvements  (3A).    

• Review  of  the  productive  elements  and  constructive  enablers  and  impediments  of  institutional  expectations  can  be  addressed  when  focusing  on  3B.    

• The  roles  and  responsibilities  of  the  participants  will  be  the  focus  when  appraising  the  capacity  of  the  partnership  to  respond  to  present  and  future  expectations  of  members  of  the  partnership  (3C).    

• Assessing  the  range  and  types  of  interactions  between  stakeholders,  and  the  links  to  educational  research  that  arise  (such  as  linking  theory  to  practice,  reflection,  learning  theory),  provide  evidence  of  the  nature  and  quality  of  learning  occurring  within  the  partnership  (3D).    

Different  elements,  evident  in  different  actions,  and  in  different  sites  will  be  required  to  be  examined  and  evaluated  by  the  different  partners.  Sustainability  can  be  explored  through  three  questions:    

• What  is  success  and  what  does  it  look  like?  • How  is  sustainability  measured?  • What  blocks  success?  

What is success and what does it look like?

 The  success  of  the  partnership  relationship  has  significance  at  the  level  of  supporting  others  and  enabling  growth.  Ensuring  the  partnership  is  successful  requires  careful  consideration  of  a  number  of  elements  to  ensure  sustainability  is  likely.  Key  stakeholders  currently  involved  in  partnerships  or  who  desire  to  be  involved  in  partnerships  have  identified  key  elements  for  a  school-­‐university  partnership  to  be  successful.  These  elements  are:      

 Giving  Pre-­‐Service  Teachers  the  opportunity  to  teach  science  ‘There's  the  benefit  of  the  just-­‐in-­‐time  nature  of  it.  At  the  moment  when  I  teach  them,  it  eight  months,  six  months  whatever  to  when  they  make  it  into  a  classroom  (Darren:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Willingness,  Recruitment,  Enthusiasm  ‘A  willingness  to  participate.  So  you’ve  got  to  have  the  people,  so  the  lecturer  who  is  willing  and  can  then  tell  the  students  to  go  (Alexa:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Communication  ‘A  partnership  infers  that  the  partners  are  working  towards  a  common  goal    -­‐  which  in  acknowledging  and  promoting  the  teaching  and  learning  of  science  -­‐  for  PST’s  and  the  children.  This  is  achieved  by  having  clear  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  45  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

communication  with  the  principal  and  the  teachers  and  the  PST  and  tutors  about  the  obligations,  expectations  and  relationships  that  are  integral  to  the  program  (Gail:  STEPS  Project).’  

Respect,  Goodwill  ‘Respect  between  the  university,  myself  and  the  school.  So,  there’s  not  an  idea  of  a  divide,  we  are  moving  beyond  boundaries  (Ivan:  Teacher  Educator).’    ‘The  goodwill  of  the  school  is  really  important.  You  need  a  teacher  in  the  primary  school  that  understands  the  importance  of  it  and  will  invest  in  it,  so  there  is  a  little  bit  of  organisation  that  has  to  happen.  You  need  a  lecturer  at  the  university  that  understands  the  importance  of  it  too.  Someone  who  is  prepared  to  put  in  that  background  work  to  make  it  happen.  The  students  take  it  on  board  because  it  is  an  assessment  task  (Carl:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Mutual  benefit    ‘One  of  the  important  things  if  you  are  using  a  school  based  model  is  that  it  is  good  professional  development  for  the  teachers  who  are  involved  in  the  mentoring  of  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  in  the  schools  (Niall:  Teacher  Educator).’    

How is sustainability measured?  The  nature  of  a  school-­‐based  partnership  can  be  a  determinant  of  sustainability  and  all  partners  need  to  experience  benefits  and  recognise  the  value  for  all.  For  the  partnership  to  succeed  crucial,  there  needs  to  be  regular  monitoring  of  how  the  nature  of  the  partnership  responds  to  the  current  and  future  needs  of  each  partner.    Evaluation  takes  account  of  needs  and  benefits,  and  is  completed  with  trust,  reciprocity  and  respect  in  mind.  Measures  such  as  anecdotal  evidence  and  level  of  engagement  exist  to  determine  this  success  for  the  classroom  teachers  and  their  students.  For  pre-­‐service  teacher  development,  the  sustainability  of  a  

school-­‐university  partnership  is  measured  by:      

Observation  ‘(It’s)  me  being  out  there  are  watching,  I’m  looking  that  they’re  engaging  with  what’s  going  on.  With  a  group  of  two  or  three  pre-­‐service  teachers,  it’s  quite  easy  to  just  take  a  background  role.  I’m  looking  at  how  they’re  engaging,  I’m  looking  at  their  questioning,  their  confidence  in  how  they  are  engaging  and  talking  with  the  students  (Carl:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Debrief/Reflection  ‘Refection  is  a  big  part  of  what  we  are  really  talking  about,  so  I’m  looking  for  them  to  reflect  on  their  practice,  what  went  well,  what  didn’t,  how  they  are  going  to  improve  for  the  next  session  and  then  a  lot  of  the  indicators  of  how  they  are  going  some  from  the  write  up  of  the  reflection  (Carl:  Teacher  Educator).’  

 

Surveys  and  questionnaires  ‘we  have  the  pre-­‐  and  post-­‐surveys  that  they  fill  out  and  also  we've  had  focus  groups  and  teacher  educator  diaries  and  interviews.  So,  we've  used  some  of  the  information  to  assess  how  it's  going  and  in  each  case  it's  been  quite  a  positive  response  overall  (Michelle:  Teacher  Educator).’  

What blocks success?

 In  many  cases,  in  addition  to  the  elements  required  for  a  successful  school-­‐university  partnership  to  operate,  there  are  issues  and  blockers  that  impede  the  sustainability  of  a  partnership.  These  issues  are  either  able  to  be  overcome  or  simply  need  to  be  managed  as  part  of  the  monitoring  and  evaluating  the  partnership.  Common  issues  identified  are:    

Timing  issues/timetabling  ‘Time  and  resources  are  huge  restraints.  There  is  only  the  same  time  allowance  on  our  work  plans  for  engaging  in  this  unit  but  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  46  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

it  is  much  more  time  consuming  compared  to  delivering  lectures  and  tutorials.  There  are  never  enough  resources  to  support  our  students  wonderful  ideas  and  I  supplement  the  budget  every  year.  The  time  tables  of  schools  do  not  align  with  ours  and  it  is  very  difficult  to  get  blocks  of  consecutive  weeks  to  go  to  the  schools  without  losing  time  to  other  events  (Jeff  STEPS  Project).’    

Location/travel/parking  ‘I  think  the  distance  is  certainly  as  issue  we  have  such  big  numbers  of  students  so  it  might  be  difficult  to  organise  to  ensure  you  got  good  teacher  mentors.  Clearly  we  are  hoping  for  that  but  it  doesn’t  always  happen.  I  think  that’s  pretty  crucial  if  the  students  are  going  to  be  in  the  schools  for  long  periods  (Niall:  Teacher  Educator).’    ‘Transporting  of  resources  each  week  to  the  school  to  conduct  the  workshops  is  sometimes  difficult  when  transferring  a  large  amount  of  equipment  or  heavy  equipment  from  a  car  (Sandra:  STEPS  Project).’    

Communication  ‘There  is  an  imposition  on  what  the  classroom  teacher  has  planned  and  what  the  PSTs  are  doing  (Abigail:  Teacher  Educator).’      

Space  in  the  school  or  at  university  ‘One  of  the  constraints  is  this  notion  of  the  on-­‐line  students  not  participating  so  it  is  not  an  experience  that  all  the  students  in  the  MTeach  would  have  (Davina:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Workload  –  demand  on  TE/isolation/  demands  on  the  teacher    ‘I’m  the  only  one  doing  it  (Alexa:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Resourcing  –  who  pays  for  it/  who  gets  it  together/  source  it  yourself  ‘In  a  mentor  based  program  where  mentors  (scientists)  come  from  outside  of  the  university,  it  can  be  difficult  to  source  mentors  (Alexa:  Teacher  Educator).’      

Being  a  PST  supervising  teacher  ‘I  think  in  a  time  where  the  voluntary  nature  of  pre-­‐service  teacher  supervision  is  becoming  more  challenging  there  has  been  amongst  some  of  our  local  schools  less  interest  in  hosting  students  (Wanda:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Supervision  /partnering  It’s  time;  it's  schools.  I  know  some  of  the  partners  are  having  trouble  getting  into  the  school.  I  think  you  have  to  be  strategic  in  how  you  approach  the  school  (Lorelle:  Teacher  Educator).’    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  47  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  12.  Conclusion  

 This  project  responded  to  significant  and  growing  critique  of  the  quality  of  teacher  education,  which  has  recently  intimated  a  shift  from  predominantly  university-­‐based  teacher  education  programs  toward  one  more  reliant  on  schools  (TEMAG,  2014,  2015).  The  premise  of  the  university-­‐school  partnerships  represented  in  this  document  is  twofold:  1)  the  teacher  educator’s  role  of  directing  the  shape  of  pre-­‐service  teachers’  (PSTs’)  experiences  and  teaching  PSTs  to  reflect  on  their  experiences  is  essential,  and  2)  school-­‐based  teaching  experiences  are  essential  for  the  development  of  PSTs’  professional  identity  and  practice,  and  not  just  in  the  traditional  formal  practicum  arrangements.      While  schools  play  an  essential  role  in  initial  teacher  education,  the  expertise  provided  by  university  teacher  educators  is  needed  to  foster  PST  development.  This  has  been  recognised  in  other  studies  (e.g.  Brandenburg,  2004;  Jones,  2010;  Loughran,  2002)  where  the  role  of  the  teacher  educator  has  also  been  viewed  as  essential  in  helping  pre-­‐service  teachers  notice  important  elements  of  teaching  and  learning  experiences  and  subsequently,  learn  to  articulate  aspects  of  their  own  and  others’  praxis;  what  Loughran  (2002)  phrased  as  ‘making  the  tacit,  explicit,  meaningful  and  useful’  (p.  38).  Partnerships  that  maintain  professional  integrity  and  recognise  the  essential  roles  of  both  universities  and  schools  are  needed  to  enhance  learning  and  raise  PSTs’  awareness  of  the  value  of  teaching  marginalised  subjects  in  primary  schools,  such  as  science.    School-­‐based  partnerships  specific  to  science  teacher  education  are  critical  in  providing  these  opportunities  due  to  the  low  levels  of  quality  and  time  spent  on  science  in  primary  schools,  as  discussed  earlier.    These  impediments  limit  PSTs’  ability  to  observe  

the  teaching  of  science  and  to  practice  it  themselves  during  a  standard  practicum.    A  science-­‐dedicated  school-­‐based  experience  helps  to  overcome  this  issue,  especially  where  the  teacher  educator  plays  an  active  role  in  supporting  PST  learning.    The  partnership  practices  of  five  universities  represented  in  the  STEPS  project  were  initiated  to  deal  with  the  reported  low  confidence  of  PSTs  in  relation  to  science  (Howitt,  2007).  Each  university  developed  their  partnerships  independently;  however,  central  to  all  was  a  desire  to  provide  experiences  that  might  disrupt  students’  negative  perceptions  of  science  and  to  foster  at  least  ‘provisional  identities’  (Ibarra,  1999)  in  relation  to  science  where  they  can  begin  to  see  themselves  as  being  able  to  teach  science.  To  achieve  this,  teacher  educators  work  with  schools  to  provide  time  and  space  for  PSTs  to  interact  with  children  over  some  weeks.    Partnerships  are  only  valuable  if  they  have  impact.  The  intended  impact  depends  on  the  need  and  rationale,  and  what  each  partner  is  willing  to  contribute.  Developing  successful  university-­‐school  partnerships  involves  appreciating  that  it  is  a  process  requiring  ongoing  attention  to  the  changing  needs  and  institutional  requirements,  where  the  relationships  involve  a  degree  of  risk  taking  and  trust,  reciprocity  and  mutuality,  respect,  adaptability  and  responsiveness.  There  are  a  diversity  of  approaches  and  types  of  partnerships,  depending  on  the  degree  of  embeddedness  desired;  they  can  be  Connective,  Generative,  or  Transformative.  Each  serves  a  purpose,  and  may  be  short  term  or  long  term.  

 Flexibility of the STEPS Interpretive

Framework While  the  Interpretive  Framework  is  currently  explicitly  written  for  partnerships  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  48  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

in  science  education  (especially  the  Guiding  Pedagogical  Principles),  the  four-­‐part  framework  is  adaptable  to  other  educative  partnership  contexts.  The  STEPS  resources  have  been  designed  to  be  applicable  to  a  variety  of  institutions  in  and  beyond  Australia.    The  Interpretive  Framework  have  applications  beyond  the  STEPS  Project  as  a  tool  for  assisting  interested  parties  to  negotiate,  maintain  and/or  evaluate  projects.  In  particular,  any  partnership  that  is  based  on  an  educative  process  can  benefit.        In  2015  the  Interpretive  Framework  will  be  applied  to  a  project  in  the  Geelong  region  called  “Skilling  the  Bay”  (Deakin  University,  2015-­‐2017,  managed  by  The  Gordon  

Institution,  DEECD  funded)  where  partnerships  between  universities,  secondary  schools  and  industry  partners  will  be  work  together  for  curriculum  renewal.  Collaboration  with  Deakin’s  Faculty  of  Science,  Engineering  and  the  Built  Environment  is  required.  The  STEPS  Tools  (PNT,  PMT  and  PET)  were  initially  constructed  to  support  the  negotiations  in  this  project  by  way  of  trialling  the  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework.    Further  opportunities  are  available  as  the  STEPS  Project  team  embarks  on  a  new  research  agenda  focused  on  applying  the  Interpretive  Framework  to  new  disciplines  and  contexts.  

     

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  49  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 References  

   Argyris,  C.  and  Schön  (1996).  Organisational  learning  II:  Theory,  method  and  practice.  Asia  

Pacific  Journal  of  Human  Resources,  36(1),  207-­‐109.  Australian  Academy  of  Science  (AAS)  2014.  Primary  Connections.  Canberra:  AAS.    Bandura,  A.  (1977).  Self-­‐efficacy:  Toward  a  unifying  theory  of  behavioural  change.  Psychological  

Review,  84(2),  191-­‐215.  Brandenburg,  R.  (2004).  Round  table  reflections:  (Re)defining  the  role  of  the  teacher  educator  

and  the  preservice  teacher  as  ‘co-­‐learners’.  Australian  Journal  of  Education,  48(2):  166-­‐181.  

Bybee,  R.W.  (1989).  Science  and  Technology  Education  for  the  Elementary  Years:  Frameworks  for  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  Washington,  DC:  The  National  Centre  for  Improving  Instruction.  

Campbell,  C.  (2006).  Innovative  Science  Education  Assessment  –  linking  theory  with  practice.  Conference  Proceedings  for  the  International  Conference  on  Science  and  Mathematics  Education  (CoSMED),  Penang,  Malaysia  

Chief  Scientist  (2013).  STEM:  Country  Comparison:  Recommendations.  Canberra:  Australian  Government.  

Chubb,  I.  (2013).  Science,  Technology,  Engineering  and  Mathematics  in  the  National  Interest:  A  strategic  approach:  A  Position  Paper.  Canberra:  Commonwealth  of  Australia.  

Darling-­‐Hammond,  L.  (2000).  How  teacher  education  matters.  Journal  of  Teacher  Education  51(3),  166-­‐173.  

Darling-­‐Hammond,  L.  (2006).  Constructing  21st  century  teacher  education.  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  57(3),  300-­‐314.  

Dobson,  I.  (2003).  Science  at  the  crossroads?  A  study  of  trends  in  university  science  from  Dawkins  to  now  1989-­‐2002,  Centre  for  Population  and  Urban  Research,  Monash  University.  A  study  commissioned  by  the  Australian  Council  of  Deans  of  Science.  

Department  of  Education,  Science  and  Training  (DEST).    (2003).  Australia's  teachers:  Australia's  future  -­‐  advancing  innovation,  science,  technology  and  mathematics.  Canberra,  ACT,  Australian  Government  Department  of  Education,  Science  and  Training:  7  

Dewey,  J.  (1938).  Experience  and  education.  New  york:  Berley.  Goddard,  R.D.  (2003).  The  impact  of  schools  on  teacher  beliefs,  influence,  and  student  achievement:  

The  role  of  collective  efficacy.  In  J.  Raths  &  A.  McAninch  (Eds.),  Advances  in  teacher  education  (Vol.  6)  (pp.  183-­‐204).  Westport,  CT:  Information  Age  Publishing.Goodrum,  Hackling  and  Rennie  (2003).  

Helms,  J.  (1998).  Science-­‐and  me:  Subject  matter  and  identity  in  secondary  school  science  teacher.  IJournal  of  Research  in  Science  Teaching,  35(7),  811-­‐834.  

Hinton,  T.,  Gannaway,  D.,  Berry,  B.,  &  Moore,  K.  (2011).  The  D-­‐Cubed  Guide:  Planning  for  Effective  Dissemination.  Sydney:  Australian  Teaching  and  Learning  Council.  Available:    http://www.olt.gov.au/dissemination  

Hobbs,  L.  (2012).  Examining  the  aesthetic  dimensions  of  teaching:  Relationships  between  teacher  knowledge,  identity  and  passion.  Teaching  and  Teacher  Education,  28,  718-­‐727.  

House  of  Representatives  Standing  Committee  on  Education  and  Vocational  Training  (2007).  Top  of  the  class.  Report  on  the  inquiry  into  teacher  education.  House  of  Representatives  Standing  Committee  on  Education  and  Vocational  Training.  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  50  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Howitt,  C.  (2007).  Pre-­‐Service  Elementary  Teachers’  Perceptions  of  Factors  in  an  Holistic  Methods  Course  Influencing  their  Confidence  in  Teaching  Science.  Research  in  Science  Education,  37(1),  41-­‐58.  

Ibarra,  H.  (1999).  Provisional  selves:  Experimenting  with  image  and  identity  in  professional  adaptation.  Administrative  Science  Quarterly,  44,  764-­‐791.  

Jones,  M.  (2008).  Collaborative  Partnerships  :  A  Model  for  Science  Teacher  Education  and  Professional  Development.  Australian  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  33(3).  

Jones,  M.  (2010).  Collaborative  partnerships:  A  model  of  professional  learning  in  primary  science  for  practicing  and  preservice  teacher  (Doctoral  thesis).    Australian  Catholic  University,  Melbourne.  Retrieved  from  http://dlibrary.acu.edu.au/digitaltheses/public/adt-­‐acuvp299.29062011/  

Jones,  M.  and  Carter  (2007).Kenny,  J.  (2010).  Preparing  primary  teachers  to  teach  primary  science:  a  partnership  based  approach.  International  Journal  of  Science  Education,  32  (10),  1267-­‐1288.  

Kenny,  J.    (2012),  University-­‐school  partnerships:  Pre-­‐service  and  in-­‐service  teachers  working  together  to  teach  primary  science,  Australian  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  37(3),  Article  6.  

Kenny,  J.,  Hobbs,  L.,  Jones,  M.,  Chittleborough,  G.,  Campbell,  C.,  Gilbert,  A.,  Redman,  C.,  and  Herbert,  S.  (2014).  Science  Teacher  Partnerships  with  Schools  (STEPS):  Project-­‐Partnerships  in  science  teacher  education.  Australian  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  39(12),  43-­‐65.  

Keys,  P.  (2005).  Are  teachers  walking  the  walk  or  just  talking  the  talk  in  science  education?  Teachers  and  Teaching:  Theory  and  practice,  11(5),  499-­‐516.  

Korthagen,  F.,  Loughran,  J.,  &  Russell,  T.  (2006).  Developing  fundamental  principles  for  teacher  education  programs  and  practices.  Teaching  and  Teacher  Education,  22,  1020-­‐1041.  

Kruger,  T.,  Davies,  A.,  Eckersley,  B.,  Newell,  F.,  &  Cherednichenko,  B.  (2009).  Effective  and  Sustainable  University-­‐School  Partnerships:  Beyond  determined  efforts  by  inspired  individuals.  Canberra:  AITSL.  

Loughran,  J.  (2002).  Effective  reflective  practice:  in  search  of  meaning  in  learning  about  teaching.  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  53(1),  33-­‐43.  

Loughran,   J.   (2006).   Developing   a   pedagogy   of   teacher   education:   Understanding   teaching   and  learning  about  teaching.  New  York:  Routledge.  

Marginson,   S.,   Tytler,   R.,   Freeman,   B.,   &   Roberts,   K.   (2013).     STEM:   Country   comparisons:  International   comparisons  of   science,   technology,  engineering  and  mathematics   (STEM)  education.  Final  report.  Australian  Council  of  Learned  Academies,  Melbourne,  Vic.    

McNamara,  S.,   Jones,  M.,  &  McLean,  K.   (2007).  Stories   in   ICT  professional  development:  Report  from   the   Victoria   project.   In   C.   Reading   (Ed.),   Partnerships   in   ICT   learning   study:   Case  studies  (pp.  139-­‐158).  Canberra:  Department  of  Science,  Education  and  Training.

Murphy,  C.,  Beggs,  J.  Carlisle,  K.,  &  Greenwood,  J.  (2004).  Students  as  ‘catalysts’  in  the  classroom:  The  impact  of  co-­‐teaching  between  science  student  teachers  and  primary  classroom  teachers  on  children’s  enjoyment  and  learning  of  science.  International  Journal  of  Science  Education,  26(8),  1023-­‐1035.  

Parliament  of  Victoria,  Education  and  Training  Committee,  (2005).    Step  up,  step  in,  step  out.    Report  on  the  suitability  of  pre-­‐service  teacher  training  in  Victoria.    Melbourne:  Victorian  Government  Printer.  

Peterson,  J.  E.  &  Treagust,  D.F.  (2014)  School  and  University  partnerships:  The  role  of  teacher  education  institutions  and  primary  schools  in  the  development  of  preservice  teachers’  science  teaching  efficacy.  Australian  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  39(9),  http://dx.doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2014v39n9.2    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  51  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Rossner,  P.  and  Commins,  D.  (2012).  Defining  enduring  partnerships:  Can  a  wellworn  path  ne  an  effective,  sustainable  and  mutually  beneficial  relationship?  Brisbane:  Queensland  College  of  Teachers.  

School  centres  for  teaching  excellence  http://www.education.vic.gov.au/about/programs/partnerships/Pages/partnernationalsteach.aspx  http://www.education.vic.gov.au/Documents/about/programs/partnerships/schoolcentresteachexcelfactsheet.pdf  

Speldewinde,  C.A.  (2014).  STEPS  (Science  Teacher  Education  Partnerships  with  Schools):  Annotated  Bibliography.  Geelong  VIC:  Deakin.  Available:  http://www.stepsproject.org.au  

Stake,  R.  (2006).  Multiple  case  study  analysis.    New  York:  The  Guilford  Press.  Teacher  Education  Ministerial  Advisory  Group  (TEMAG)  (2014).  Teacher  Education  Ministerial  

Advisory  Group  Issues  Paper.  Canberra:  Australian  Government.  Teacher  Education  Ministerial  Advisory  Group  (TEMAG)  (2014).  Action  now:  Classroom  ready  teacher.  

Canberra:  Australian  Government.  Tytler,  R.  (2007).  Re-­‐imagining  science  education:  engaging  students  in  science  for  Australia's  future:  

Australian  Education  Review  51,  Australian  Council  for  Educational  Research.  Tytler,  R.,  Osbourne,  J.,  Williams,  G.,  Tytler,  K.,  Cripps  Clark,  J.  (2008)  Opening  up  pathways:  

Engagements  in  STEM  across  the  Primary-­‐Secondary  school  transition.  Canberra:  DEEWR.Ure,  C.,  Gough,  A.,  and  Newton  (2009).  

Van  Manen,  J.  (1990).  Researching  lived  experience:  Human  science  for  an  action  sensitive  pedagogy.  London:  The  Althouse  Press.  

White,  S,  New  research  into  the  work  and  role  of  Teacher  Educators  in  School-­‐University  -­‐  community  partnerships  School  Centres  of  Teaching  excellence    (SCTA)  symposium  session  one  http://www.education.vic.gov.au/about/programs/partnerships/Pages/partnernationalsteach.aspx    accessed    on  January  7,  2014  

Yin,  R.  (2009).  Case  study  research:  Design  and  methods  (4th  Ed.).  Thousand  Oaks,  CA:  Sage  Publications.  

Interpretive Framework May 2015 Deakin University, RMIT, University of Melbourne, University of Tasmania, Australian Catholic University

Supported  by  the  Australian  Government  Office  for  Learning  and  Teaching.

 http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  2  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

                                     Produced  by  The  STEPS  Project,  May  2015    Research  Team:  Dr  Linda  Hobbs  (Deakin  University)  Assoc  Prof  Coral  Campbell  (Deakin  University)  Dr  Gail  Chittleborough  (Deakin  University)  Dr  Sandra  Herbert  (Deakin  University)  Dr  Mellita  Jones  (Australian  Catholic  University)  Dr  Christine  Redman  (University  of  Melbourne)    Dr  John  Kenny  (University  of  Tasmania)  Dr  Jeff  King/Andy  Gilbert  (RMIT)    Reference  group:  Professor  Russell  Tytler  (Deakin  University)  Professor  David  Clarke  (University  of  Melbourne)  Professor  Annette  Gough  (RMIT)    Evaluator:  Mr  Paul  Chesterton      Project  website:    http://www.stepsproject.org.au      Contact:  Dr  Linda  Hobbs  (Project  leader):  [email protected]      

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  3  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  4  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

         

Acknowledgements      This  project  emerges  out  of  years  of  working  with  schools  and  appreciating  the  roles  that  schools  play  in  pre-­‐service  teacher  education.  Thanks  to  the  principals,  teachers,  students  and  wider  school  communities  with  whom  we  are  honoured  to  work:    ultimately  it  is  for  the  growth  and  enhancement  of  these  places  of  learning  that  we  undertake  the  important  work  of  building  partnerships.  To  the  pre-­‐service  teachers’  past,  current  and  future,  this  work  is  a  testament  to  the  pedagogical  contract  within  which  we  collaborate  with  you  on  your  (and  our)  learning  journey.  To  the  participants  of  the  study  at  the  schools  and  universities,  thanks  for  your  insights,  honesty  and  forward  thinking  in  helping  us  create  new  ways  of  thinking  about  what  we  do.  To  those  who  acted  as  a  ‘reference’  to  clear  thinking  (reference  group:  Russell  Tytler,  David  Clarke  and  Annette  Gough),  or  kept  our  eyes  on  the  outcomes  (evaluator:  Paul  Chesterton),  thanks  for  your  mentoring  and  participation  in  the  generation  of  some  amazing  ideas!  To  those  who  gave  feedback,  either  as  active  participants  or  interested  bystanders  at  conferences  or  workshops,  reviewers  of  papers,  colleagues,  friends  and  family,  it  is  through  sharing  our  thoughts  that  we  become  aware  the  gaps  and  inconsistencies,  but  also  what  is  cogent  and  fundamental.      We  acknowledge  Dr  Jeff  King,  who  began  this  journey  but  did  not  pass  the  post  with  us,  but  whose  spirit  we  take  with  us,  and  to  whom  we  dedicate  everything  that  emerges.    And  we  give  the  final  acknowledgement  to  the  OLT  who  enabled  us  to  come  together  as  an  amazing  group  of  people,  a  partnership  that  has  been  transformative,  built  on  trust,  reciprocity,  respect,  recognition  of  our  diverse  and  respective  talents,  adaptability  and  responsiveness,  and  a  shared  commitment  to  science  education  and  our  students.  It’s  been  a  great  journey!

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  5  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Table  of  contents    

Chapter  1.  The  STEPS  Project:  Vision  and  Goals  ....................................................................................  7  

Chapter  2.  Underpinning  ideas  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  ...........................................................  10  The  state  of  primary  science  education  ...........................................................................................................................................  10  Partnership  theory  ...................................................................................................................................................................................  11  Self  efficacy  and  Identity  theory  .........................................................................................................................................................  12  

Chapter  3.  What  is  an  Interpretive  Framework?  .................................................................................  14  

Chapter  4.  Methodology  in  developing  the  Interpretive  Framework  ..................................................  15  Pre-­‐thinking:  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................  16  Conceptualising  the  Interpretive  Framework  ..............................................................................................................................  16  Emergence  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  ...................................................................................................................................  17  Dissemination  and  evaluation  .............................................................................................................................................................  17  

Chapter  5.  The  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework  ...................................................................................  19  The  GUSP  and  RPP  ....................................................................................................................................................................................  20  Chapter  6.  Growing  University-­‐School  Partnerships  ...........................................................................  21  GUSP  Components  ....................................................................................................................................................................................  21  A.  Need  and  Rationale  ...............................................................................................................................................................................  21  B.  Institutional  and  Unit  Demands  ......................................................................................................................................................  21  C.  Relationships  ............................................................................................................................................................................................  22  D.  Nature  and  quality  of  learning  ........................................................................................................................................................  22  E.  Commitment  to  action  .........................................................................................................................................................................  22  

Chapter  7.  Representations  of  Partnership  Practices  ..........................................................................  24  RPP  components  ........................................................................................................................................................................................  24  A.   Purposes  .................................................................................................................................................................................................  24  B.   Institutional  Practices  .....................................................................................................................................................................  24  C.   Nature  of  Partnership  ......................................................................................................................................................................  24  D.   Linking  theory  an  practice  ............................................................................................................................................................  24  

Typology  ........................................................................................................................................................................................................  24  1.   Connective  .............................................................................................................................................................................................  24  2.   Generative  .............................................................................................................................................................................................  25  3.   Transformative  ...................................................................................................................................................................................  25  

Chapter  8.  Narratives  .........................................................................................................................  27  

Chapter  9.  Using  partnerships  for  effective  science  teacher  education  ...............................................  27  Guiding  Pedagogical  Principles  ...........................................................................................................................................................  28  Enabling  growth  through  educational  practices  partnership  principles  ..........................................................................  29  Risk-­‐taking  and  Trust  ................................................................................................................................................................................  29  Reciprocity  and  Mutuality  .......................................................................................................................................................................  30  Recognition  of  Respective  Goals  ...........................................................................................................................................................  30  Respect  .............................................................................................................................................................................................................  30  Adaptable  and  Responsive  to  Changing  Needs  ..............................................................................................................................  30  Diverse  Representations  ...........................................................................................................................................................................  31  

Growth  Model  for  using  partnerships  in  teacher  education  ..................................................................................................  31  

 

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  6  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 

Chapter  10.  Vignettes  ........................................................................................................................  33  Vignette  1.  Partnerships  between  teacher  educators  and  schools:  Reciprocity,  Trust,  Risk  Taking,  and  Communication  and  Feedback  ............................................................................................................................................................  33  Vignette  2.  Schools  perspectives:  Strategic  relationships  with  university  ......................................................................  37  Vignette  3.  Teacher  educator  perspectives  –  Integrating  educational  research  into  practice  ................................  39  Vignette  4.  The  Pre-­‐service  teacher  experience:  Shifting,  learning,  valuing  ...................................................................  42  

Chapter  11.  Sustainability  ..................................................................................................................  44  What  is  success  and  what  does  it  look  like?  ..................................................................................................................................  44  How  is  sustainability  measured?  ........................................................................................................................................................  45  What  blocks  success?  ...............................................................................................................................................................................  45  Chapter  12.  Conclusion  ......................................................................................................................  47  Flexibility  of  the  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework  .......................................................................................................................  47  

References  .........................................................................................................................................  49    

Tables  Table  1.  Growing  University-­‐School  Partnerships  (GUSP)  .....................................................................................................  23  Table  2.  Representations  of  Partnership  Practices    (RPP)  ......................................................................................................  26  Table  3.  Vignette  Audiences  and  Themes  .......................................................................................................................................  33    Figures  Figure  1.  Themes  informing  the  STEPS  Project  ...........................................................................................................................  15  Figure  2.  The  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework  ..............................................................................................................................  19  Figure  3.  The  STEPS  Guiding  Pedagogical  Principles  ................................................................................................................  29  Figure  4.  STEPS  Growth  Model  for  Effective  Teacher  Education  .........................................................................................  32    Appendices  Appendix  1.  Growing  University-­‐Schools  Partnerships  (GUSP)  Narratives  ....................................................................  52  Appendix  2.  Representations  of  Partnership  Practices  (RPP)  Narratives  ........................................................................  60    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  7  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  1.  The  STEPS  Project:  Vision  and  Goals  

 The  STEPS  project  responds  to  international  concern  about  primary  teachers’  lack  of  science  knowledge  and  confidence  to  teach  science,  and  recent  questioning  of  the  effectiveness  of  traditional  approaches  to  teacher  education.  This  project  reviews  and  builds  on  established,  innovative  and  successful  practices  at  five  universities,  to  develop  and  promote  a  framework  supporting  school-­‐based  approaches  to  pre-­‐service  teacher  education.  The  models  involve  partnerships  between  universities  and  primary  schools  to  engage  pre-­‐service  primary  teachers  in  classroom  teaching  and  learning  that  effectively  connects  theory  with  practice.  Through  critical  appraisal  of  these  and  similar  models,  the  project  aimed  to  identify  key  features  of  the  approach  and  the  critical  success  factors  required  to  establish  and  maintain  strong  working  relationships  with  schools  and  build  student  capacity.    The  principles,  framework,  and  resources  together  with  exemplifying  case  studies,  were  designed  and  disseminated  to  promote  uptake  of  these  innovative  practices  in  the  sector.        A  key  strength  of  this  project  is  that  it  simultaneously  addressed  two  key  areas  of  national  concern  in  education:  the  promotion  of  more  effective  practical  teaching  experiences  that  bridge  the  theory  practice  gap  that  be-­‐devils  many  teacher  education  programs;  and  the  confidence  and  competency  of  primary  teachers  to  teach  science.  Both  were  pertinent  at  a  time  when  the  introduction  of  the  Australian  Curriculum  was  mandating  that  science  be  taught  at  primary  schools,  and  that  the  proportion  of  time  spent  teaching  science  should  be  raised  from  an  average  of  3  percent  closer  to  the  European  average  of  9.5  percent  (Chief  Scientist,  2013).    These  innovations  bridge  theory  and  practice  within  partnerships  between  the  academy  and  the  profession.  In  these  collaborative  programs,  PSTs  design  and  implement  science  

curriculum  in  primary  schools,  not  as  part  of  the  normal  practicum  arrangements,  but  as  part  of  their  coursework.  A  central  aspect  of  the  programs,  and  the  direction  of  the  proposed  investigation,  was  the  guiding  of  student  reflection  on  their  practice.  While  such  reflection  on  practice  that  responds  to  the  quality  of  the  experience  can  be  difficult  to  sustain  and  assess,  it  was  seen  as  critically  important  for  informing  PSTs’  developing  pedagogical  content  knowledge,  professional  identity  and  teaching  philosophy  (Kenny,  2010).    A  variety  of  models  of  university-­‐school  links  can  be  found,  both  nationally  and  internationally,  each  having  its  own  partnership  arrangements,  approaches,  theories,  and  learning  and  assessment  objectives  and  outcomes.  The  project  team  represented  five  different  models  of  school-­‐based  delivery  of  science  education  involving  school  partnerships,  each  with  a  history  of  successful  implementation  and  evaluation.  These  types  of  programs  are  generally  locally  developed,  grounded  in  particular  contexts,  and  reflect  the  teacher  educators’  knowledge  and  beliefs  about  science  teaching  and  learning.  For  example,  among  the  five  models  represented  here,  there  is  diversity  in:      

• the  interaction  between  the  PSTs  and  school  children,  ranging  from  teachers  working  with  small  groups  or  whole  class;    

• reflective  practices,  ranging  from  teaching  team  reflection  to  individual  teachers,  with  the  reflective  focus  on  individual  students,  small  groups  or  whole  class  analysis;    

• how   theory   informs   the   approach   and   positions  the  students;    

• assessment  focus  and  purposes;  and    • the   nature   of   the   partnership   and   the   degree   to  

which   teacher   professional   development   is  incorporated  into  the  partnership.      

 Despite  this  diversity,  a  common  core  exists  that  involves  a  commitment  to  bridging  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  8  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

theory-­‐practice  through  providing  for  authentic  teaching  experiences,  where  PSTs  take  responsibility  for  planning  and  implementing  curriculum  while  supported  by  academics  in  partnership  with  teachers,  then  reflect  on  that  practice.  While  these  programs  must  be  evolving  and  responsive  to  local  needs,  this  core  commitment  persists.      While  these  innovative  practices  can  often  demonstrate  a  history  of  success,  and  have  been  published  (see,  for  example,  Kenny,  2010,  12;  Jones,  2010),  there  is  a  paucity  of  research  that  attempts  to  identify  the  distinctive  nature  of  this  type  of  practice  to  draw  out  general  principles  attending  to  successful  outcomes.  This  project  provided  a  meta-­‐analysis  of  the  methodologies,  informing  theories,  and  principles  associated  with  establishing  and  maintaining  strong  working  relationships  with  schools,  achieving  strong  educational  outcomes,  and  promoting  reflection  on  practice.  There  was  a  need  to  more  sharply  analyse  the  nature  and  benefits  of  these  types  of  partnerships  for  PSTs  and  for  schools,  and  to  work  in  ways  that  maximise  these  benefits  in  order  to  improve  the  confidence  and  competency  of  primary  teachers  to  teach  science.  This  project  collated  and  analysed  the  deliberations  of  teacher  educators  who  had  successfully  established  partnerships  with  schools  for  the  purpose  of  school-­‐based  delivery  of  teacher  education  curriculum.  These  deliberations  informed  the  development  of  resources,  principles,  and  framework  that  can  guide  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  such  powerful  learning  experiences.        The  project  outcomes  were  to:      

1. Synthesise  the  variety  of  teaching  and  reflective  practices  and  informing  theories  used  in  school-­‐based  science  teacher  education  programs.  

2. Document  exemplars  of  innovative  pedagogies  that  represent  the  range  of  contexts,  constraints  and  affordances  that  lead  to  quality  student  outcomes.  

3. Create  an  interpretive  framework  informed  by  contemporary  practice  that  can  guide  

improvement  of  science  teacher  education  programs.  

4. Determine  sustainable  methods  for  establishing  and  maintaining  effective  school-­‐university  partnerships  generalisable  across  a  range  of  contexts.  

5. Facilitate  uptake  of  innovative  school-­‐based  practices  within  the  sector  for  the  purpose  of  improving  the  educational  outcomes  of  science  teacher  education  programs,  and  teacher  education  programs  generally.  

   These  outcomes  were  expected  to  lead  to  extension  and  refinement  of  practices  that  would  have  an  impact  on  the  confidence  and  competency  of  primary  teachers  in  their  teaching  of  science.  It  was  also  expected  that  there  would  be  refinement  to  our  own  practice  as  a  result  of  the  collaboration.      The  outcomes  of  this  project  were  instantiated  through  the  generation  of  materials  and  theories  that  supported  the  development  of  partnership  arrangements  between  schools  and  universities,  and  enhanced  the  reflective  practices  of  PSTs  within  such  programs.  Development  and  dissemination  of  these  outputs  occurred  throughout  the  project  (see  below)  and  included  opportunities  for  academics,  teachers  and  other  interested  stakeholders  to  contribute  to  the  development  and  evaluation  of  the  materials.      The  main  focus  of  the  project  was  the  development  of  an  Interpretive  Framework  designed  to  help  support  judgments  about  current  practice,  and  provide  a  framework  for  initiating  practice.  The  framework  was  drafted  initially  through  analysing  the  existing  practices  of  the  research  team  and  situating  these  practices  within  the  literature,  and  then  further  refined  through  the  scoping  of  practices  occurring  at  other  institutions.  During  this  process  the  framework  was  scrutinised  and  refined  by  discussions  at  round  tables,  conference  workshops  and  seminars.  The  framework    articulates  the  nature  of  the  theory-­‐practice  relationships,  nature  of  relationships  integral  to  the  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  9  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

partnership,  and  the  notions  of  reflection  and  identity  formation.      

Value  and  Need  for  the  Project    This  project  capitalised  on  the  successful  experience  of  five  institutions,  each  pursuing  a  model  of  science  teacher  education  that  accords  with  acknowledged  features  of  good  practice,  including:    

a. a  close  relationship  between  educational  theory  and  classroom  practice;  

b. productive  partnerships  between  universities  and  schools  in  teacher  education,  involving  academics,  school  teachers  and  leaders,  PSTs  and  school  children;  and  

c. the  centrality  of  reflective  practice  focusing  on  the  development  and  implementation  of  curriculum,  the  relational  and  instructional  elements  of  the  pedagogical  contract,  and  the  development  of  PST’s  professional  identity.  

 The  project  represents  a  significant  curriculum  renewal  in  science  education,  pointing  the  way  

forward  for  theory-­‐practice  coordination  into  teacher  education.  The  features  listed  above  indicate  a  significant  and  innovative  approach  to  teacher  education  that  addresses  concerns  about  the  lack  of  coordination  of  theory  and  practice  in  teacher  education  courses,  and  the  need  for  better  models  of  university-­‐school-­‐community  relationships  in  teacher  education  (ACDE,  2004).    A  key  strength  of  this  project  is  that  it  simultaneously  addresses  two  key  areas  of  national  concern  in  education:  firstly,  the  promotion  of  more  effective  practical  teaching  experiences  that  bridge  the  theory  practice  gap  that  be-­‐devils  many  teacher  education  programs;  secondly,  the  confidence  and  competency  of  primary  teachers  to  teach  science.  This  is  particularly  important  given  that  the  introduction  of  the  Australian  Curriculum  and  the  mandatory  requirement  for  science  to  be  taught  at  all  year  levels.    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  10  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  2.  Underpinning  ideas  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  

 This  project  responds  to  significant  and  growing  critique  of  the  quality  of  teacher  education,  a  discussion  that  shifts  teacher  education  to  schools  and  away  from  universities  (TEMAG,  2014).  Teacher  education  demands  that  Pre-­‐service  teacher  (PSTs)  have  varied  experiences.  The  role  of  the  teacher  educator  and  universities  is  being  challenged  with  clinical  and  apprentice-­‐type  programs  increasing  in  popularity.  We  argue  that  the  teacher  educator’s  role  of  directing  the  shape  of  PSTs’  experiences  and  teaching  PSTs  to  reflect  on  their  experiences  is  essential.  Our  research  provides  compelling  evidence  of  the  significance  of  the  school-­‐based  teaching  experience  for  the  development  of  PSTs’  professional  identity  and  practice.  It  also  provides  convincing  evidence  of  the  expertise  provided  by  the  teacher  educators  to  foster  PST  development.  Schools  play  an  essential  role  in  teacher  education  too.  Partnerships  that  maintain  professional  integrity  and  recognise  the  essential  roles  of  both  universities  and  schools  are  needed  to  enhance  learning  and  raise  awareness  to  the  joys  and  value  of  teaching  marginalised  subjects  such  as  science  in  primary  schools.      

The state of primary science education  The  focus  on  science  education  is  grounded  in  the  reported  disengagement  of  students  from  science,  and  concerns  about  the  amount  and  quality  of  science  teaching  in  primary  schools.  The  quality  of  science  education  has  been  the  focus  of  a  number  of  research  projects  nationally  and  internationally  (see,  for  example  Dobson,  2003;  Tytler,  2007).    These  studies  consistently  report  that  students  are  ‘turned  off’  science  across  the  middle  years  of  schooling,  and  that,  in  the  primary  years,  science  is  approached  in  a  disconnected  fashion  or  not  at  all  (Keys,  2005;  Tytler  et  al.,  

2008).    In  particular,  the  relevance  of  science  to  young  people’s  lives  and  the  particular  pedagogies  being  adopted  by  teachers  of  science  has  been  questioned.  There  are  indications  that  a  large  proportion  of  primary  teachers  have  low  levels  of  confidence  and  background  knowledge  in  science,  which  impacts  both  their  willingness  and  ability  to  teach  science  effectively.    These  are  critical  areas  of  concern  when  considered  in  combination  with  other  studies  which  show  that  the  development  of  children’s  understandings  is  fundamentally  tied  to  the  quality  of  teaching  (Darling-­‐Hammond,  2000;  DEST,  2003),  thus  highlighting  the  need  for  significant  improvements  in  current  and  future  primary  teachers’  attitudes,  personal  efficacy  and  ability  to  teach  science  effectively.    

   In  Australia,  there  has  been  a  long  history  of  science  instruction  in  primary  schools  suffering  from  low  teacher  confidence,  poor  knowledge,  and  a  packed  curriculum  and  time  restrictions.  In  addition,  the  more  pressing  issues  of  literacy  and  numeracy  often  push  science  to  the  periphery  in  many  primary  schools  (see  for  example  critiques  offered  by  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  11  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Goodrum,  Hackling  &  Rennie,  2001;  Tytler,  2007).  As  a  result,  the  image  of  a  burgeoning  'crisis  of  interest'  in  science  education  is  being  promulgated  (Chubb,  2013)  in  response  to  a  picture  of  school  science  that  often  misses  the  possibilities  for  engaging  science  approaches  in  favor  of  sanitised,  and  predictable  forms  of  science  that  permeate  primary  science  teaching  (Tytler,  2007).  In  Australia,  time  taught  teaching  science  lags  far  behind  other  content  areas,  which  is  reflected  in  achievement  levels  below  other  developed  nations  (Peterson  &  Treagust,  2014;  Chubb,  2001;  Marginson  et  al.,  2013).  These  are  important  concerns  when  we  extrapolate  how  both  poor  teaching  practices  and  limited  opportunities  directly  impact  student  engagement  with  school  science  and  teaching:  "considerable  evidence  of  student  disenchantment  with  school  science  in  the  middle  years,  and  a  growing  concern  with  a  current  and  looming  shortage  of  qualified  teachers  of  science"  (Tytler,  2007,  p.  1).    

Partnership theory  In  the  simplest  terms,  partnerships  can  be  viewed  as  two  or  more  entities  working  toward  a  shared  vision.  For  the  purposes  of  this  study  we  wish  to  define  the  notion  of  partnership  as  the  "concept  of  a  genuine  university-­‐school  'partnership'  connotes  a  collaboration  of  professional  conversations,  collegial  learning  and  aligned  processes"  (Rossner  &  Commins,  2012,  p.  2).  This  definition  for  partnerships  rests  on  the  essential  work  of  Kruger  (2009)  who  argued  that  there  are  three  key  factors  of  successful  partnerships:  trust,  mutuality  and  reciprocity.  Trust  is  constructed  as  understanding  between  stakeholders  that  there  should  be  benefits  to  be  gained  for  each  stakeholder;  mutuality  depicts  the  degree  to  which  each  partner  understands  that  working  together  does  lead  to  gains  for  each;  reciprocity  speaks  to  the  value  each  partner  holds  for  the  other  (Kruger,  2009).    Successful  partnerships  are  ones  that  convey  an  affinity  for  an  equal  relationship  demonstrated  through  a  shared  

vision,  equitable  use  of  available  resources,  and  a  balance  power  between  stakeholders  in  decision-­‐making  processes  (Argyris  &  Schon,  1996).    School-­‐university  partnerships  provide  the  basis  for  these  school-­‐based  experiences.  Formal  practicum  arrangements  offer  obvious  partnership  opportunities  and  have  been  the  subject  of  a  variety  of  ALTC  funded  projects.  For  example,  the  project  lead  by  Calvin  Smith  (funded  2011)  examining  the  impact  of  ‘work  integrated  learning’  on  work-­‐readiness  is  underscored  by  the  need  for  strong  links  between  universities  and  the  profession  (Smith,  2011),  as  is  the  project  lead  by  Ryan  and  Jones  (funded  2009)  exploring  practicum  arrangements  in  rural  and  regional  areas.  The  ALTC  project  ‘Practicum  Partnerships:  Exploring  models  of  practicum  organisation  in  teacher  education  for  a  standards  based  profession’  (Ure,  Gough  &  Newton,  2009)  found  a  range  of  tensions  and  ambiguities  inherent  in  traditional  practicum  partnership  arrangements,  and  made  a  number  of  recommendations  concerning  the  need  for  closer  collaboration  between  universities  and  schools;  clarification  of  the  purpose  of  the  practicum;  and  conceptualisation  of  effective  teaching  and  teacher  development.  Their  draft  recommendations  included  a  call  for  research  on  ‘increasing  the  links  between  the  placement  experience  and  the  academic  content  of  programs  to  create  more  informed  knowledge  about  the  application  of  pedagogy’  (p.  56).    Research  has  shown  that  the  incorporation  of  partnerships  into  science  teacher  education  provides  benefits  for  PSTs’  confidence  to  teach  science  and  to  develop  their  science  pedagogical  content  knowledge  (PCK)  (Kenny,  2010).  In  designing  such  authentic  learning  experiences,  the  literature  suggests  that  the  role  of  the  university  lecturer  is  crucial  in  supporting  PSTs  (Howitt,  2007)  by,  for  example,  providing  science  PCK  expertise  that  may  not  otherwise  be  readily  available  from  many  primary  teachers  (Kenny,  2012).  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  12  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Teacher  educators  are  also  essential  in  facilitating  PSTs’  reflection,  assisting  them  in  recognising  those  aspects  of  their  experiences  that  are  important  for  enhancing  teaching  and  learning  (Loughran,  2006).  Indeed,  Darling-­‐Hammond  (2000)  has  noted  that  more  effective  teachers  emerge  from  teacher  education  when  extended  practicum  experiences  and  university  coursework  are  tightly  integrated.      While  there  is  evidence  to  suggest  that  the  in-­‐service  teachers  who  participate  in  partnerships  with  PSTs  view  their  participation  as  professional  learning,  the  most  productive  relationships  arise  when  a  good  professional  relationship  is  established  between  the  PSTs  and  their  in-­‐service  colleagues.  Establishing  direct  contact  between  the  participants  early,  and  reducing  the  supervisory  aspect  of  the  relationship  between  the  pre-­‐service  and  in-­‐service  teachers,  contributes  to  the  relationship  becoming  one  of  mutual  learning  (Jones,  2008;  Kenny  2012;  Murphy  et  al.,  2008).  This  mutuality  also  helps  to  reduce  the  ‘threat’  of  assessment  PSTs  often  associate  with  the  normal  practicum,  which  can  impede  their  willingness  to  trial  different  approaches  in  the  classroom  (McNamara,  Jones  &  McLean,  2007).  While  this  research  points  to  critical  success  factors  leading  to  productive  relationships  in  specific  programs,  the  purpose  of  the  proposed  project  is  to  establish  critical  success  factors  that  are  inclusive  of  a  variety  of  partnership  arrangements  and  pedagogies,  and  to  situate  these  within  a  coherent  Interpretive  Framework.      The  project  thus  has  the  capacity  to  provide  significant  answers  to  issues  currently  occupying  the  minds  of  teacher  educators  and  key  policy  makers,  concerning  the  relationship  between  university  teacher  education,  schools  and  PST  practicum  arrangements.  We  are  not  arguing  for  a  replacement  of  traditional  practicum  arrangements  but  rather  for  discipline-­‐based  

partnerships  –  for  science  but  potentially  also  for  other  curriculum  areas  -­‐  as  an  important  adjunct  to  current  practice  that  can  open  up  models  for  more  effective  practicum  organisation.  The  exploration  of  assessment  of  students  in  these  programs,  centred  in  evidence  based  reflective  practice,  will  inform  current  concerns  about  defensible  teaching  standards  and  knowledge  of  pedagogies.    

Self-efficacy and Identity theory  In  his  seminal  work,  Bandura  (1977)  purported  that  mastery  experiences,  those  experiences  of  personal  accomplishment,  are  one  of  the  most  influential  sources  of  efficacy  information.    Furthermore,  an  individual’s  perceived  efficacy  is  a  strong  determining  factor  in:  the  types  of  activities  and  settings  individuals  elect  to  participate  in  (Bandura,  1977);  their  resilience  and  perseverance  to  overcome  perceived  barriers  (Goddard,  2003);  and  the  types  of  strategies  with  which  they  select  to  teach  (Jones  &  Carter,  2007).    This  suggests  that,  if  provided  with  opportunities  to  successfully  teach  science  to  children,  PSTs’  reported  low  levels  of  self-­‐efficacy  beliefs  about  their  ability  to  teach  science  would  improve.  Subsequently,  PSTs’  willingness  to  plan  and  conduct  science  lessons  should  increase  as  should  their  selection  of  appropriate  science  teaching  strategies  if  these  are  built  into  the  mastery  experiences  in  which  they  are  engaged.  Evidence  from  experience  with  the  five  models  suggests  that  the  approach  is  effective  in  increasing  students’  confidence  and  interest,  and  capabilities  in  teaching  science.    However,  providing  mastery  experiences  alone  is  not  sufficient  if  meaningful  understanding  of  science  teaching  and  learning  is  to  be  achieved.    Korthagen  et  al.  (2006)  argued  that  learning  does  not  occur  through  the  experience,  but  rather  through  reflection  on  experience  and  through  interaction  with  others.    Furthermore,  effective  reflective  practice  using  concrete  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  13  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

examples  has  the  potential  to  bridge  the  theory  practice  divide  (Loughran,  2002),  an  element  that  teacher  education  courses  are  often  criticised  as  lacking  (Darling-­‐Hammond,  2006;  House  of  Representatives  Standing  Committee  on  Education  and  Vocational  Training,  2007;  Parliament  of  Victoria,  Education  and  Training  Committee,  2005).    Darling-­‐Hammond  (2006)  also  offered  the  view  that  the  integration  of  course-­‐work  and  fieldwork  help  PSTs  to  better  ’understand  theory,  to  apply  concepts  they  are  learning  in  their  course  work,  and  to  better  support  student  learning‘  (p.  307).    This  integration  of  theory  and  practice  through  the  key  role  of  reflection  better  prepares  PSTs  to  ’handle  the  problems  of  everyday  teaching  through  theory-­‐guided  action‘(Korthagen  et  al.,  2006,  p.  1021).    In  fact,  Darling-­‐Hammond  (2006)  asserted  that  teacher  education  programs  need  to  provide  opportunities  for  PSTs  to  analyse  and  apply  theory;  reflect  on  their  subsequent  practice;  and  have  further  opportunities  to  retry  and  improve.    

School-­‐based  partnerships  specific  to  science  teacher  education  are  critical  in  providing  these  opportunities  due  to  the  low  levels  of  quality  and  time  spent  on  science  in  primary  schools,  as  discussed  earlier.    These  low  levels  of  quality  science  and  amount  of  time  in  which  science  is  taught  in  classrooms  limits  PSTs’  ability  to  observe  the  teaching  of  science  and  to  practice  it  themselves  during  a  standard  practicum.    A  science-­‐dedicated  school-­‐placement  helps  to  overcome  this  issue  where  teachers  and  PSTs  are  committed  to  providing  time  for  science  teaching  and  learning,  and  teacher  educators  can  facilitate  the  teaching  and  learning  taking  place  to  enhance  quality.    

The  school-­‐based  experiences  in  the  five  participating  universities  involve  science  education  academics  providing  opportunities  and  support  for  primary  science  PSTs  to  plan  and  reflect  on  their  science  teaching  experiences  in  light  of  theory  in  order  to  foster  a  developed  sense  of  praxis.      

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  14  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  3.  What  is  an  Interpretive  Framework?  

 In  the  context  of  approaches  to  pedagogy  and  teacher  education,  an  Interpretive  Framework  provides  a  framework  for  examining  and  understanding  practice,  as  well  as  conceptualizing  and  implementing  practice.  It  is  both  generative  and  evaluative.  It  describes  the  ‘who’,  ‘what’  and  ‘why’  of  practice:  who  is  involved,  what  are  we  doing,  and  why  are  we  doing  it  (this  way)  and  possible  outcomes.      Like  a  ‘concept  framework’,  an  Interpretive  Framework  can  include  guiding  principles  to  direct  action  or  thought.  Like  a  policy  framework,  it  provides  a  structure  for  a  framework  document.  Like  a  media  engagement  framework,  it  is  a  construct  that  helps  to  understand  those  involved,  that  is,  

who  may  stand  to  benefit  or  be  affected  by  the  activity.    Like  an  Enterprise  architecture  framework,  it  organizes  the  structure  of  the  activity  and  incorporates  the  views  of  those  likely  to  be  involved.    In  summary,  an  Interpretive  Framework:  

• is  a  framework  for  examining  and  understanding  practice;  

• is  a  framework  for  conceptualizing,  structuring  and  implementing  practice;  

• consists  of  guiding  principles;    • provides  the  structure  for  a  document;  • helps  to  understand  those  who  may  stand  to  

benefit  or  be  affected  by  the  activity;  and  • incorporates  the  views  of  those  likely  to  be  

affected.      

   

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  15  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  4.  Methodology  in  developing  the  Interpretive  Framework  

 The  development  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  was  iterative  in  its  approach  in  that  data  collection  occurred  in  phases  and  each  phase  informed  the  aspects  included  in  the  framework  and  its  refinement  as  the  project  progressed.        The  initial  phase  (Phase  1)  involved  the  sharing  and  documentation  of  current  practice  and  subsequent  cross-­‐case  analysis  to  identify  common  and  unique  features  of  the  various  cases.      

 This  was  followed  by  an  analysis  of  literature  (Phase  2)  that  situated  the  cross-­‐case  analysis  within  the  learning  of  the  broader  sector,  allowing  for  a  deeper  analysis  of  practice,  and  assisting  the  identification  of  key  themes  that  would  inform  the  Interpretive  Framework  (see  Figure  1).          

 

 Figure  1.  Themes  informing  the  STEPS  Project  

   Phase  3  involved  data  generated  from  key  stakeholders  within  the  individual  case  studies.    Data  included  questionnaires  and  interviews  with  pre-­‐service  teachers  and  interviews  with  university  tutors  and  school  teachers  and  principals  involved  in  the  2013  programs.    These  data  ensured  that  the  

development  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  would  be  informed  by  the  experiences  of  the  students,  tutors,  and  school  stakeholders.      Phase  4  enabled  other  examples  of  partnerships  in  science  education  to  be  captured  through  interviews  with  science  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  16  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

teacher  educators  from  around  Australia.      Data  included:    

• 106  pre-­‐  and  105  post-­‐questionnaires  from  PSTs  • 10  PST  interviews  • 15  interviews  with  university  staff  • 80  interviews  with  teachers  and  principals  • 20  interviews  with  other  teacher  educators  

 Multiple  sources  of  data  have  assisted  in  confirming  the  key  elements  of  the  multiple  cases,  thereby  ensuring  the  credibility  and  reliability  of  the  framework.  Stake  (2006)  claims  that  at  least  three  sources  of  confirmation  are  needed  for  data  to  provide  “assurances  that  key  meanings  are  not  overlooked”  (p.  33).        

Pre-thinking:  Initial  discussions  identified  varied  elements  of  the  project.  These  helped  to  guide  the  literature  search  and  annotated  bibliography,  and  to  conceptualize  the  data  collection  associated  with  evaluation  of  our  projects.  These  elements  related  to  theory  underpinning  the  approach,  the  potential  impact  of  the  school-­‐based  practice,  and  the  specifics  associated  with  the  different  models  of  practice  of  the  project  team  (see  Figure  1).    The  theoretical  elements  refer  to  areas  of  the  literature  that  are  informing  the  study.  The  current  state  of  “Science  teaching  in  primary  schools”,  as  well  as  the  tendency  for  pre-­‐service  teachers  to  have  limited  positive  experiences  with  science  and  opportunities  to  see  science  taught  or  teach  science  on  placement.  This  element  is  related  to  the  conceptualization  of  a  “theory-­‐practice  divide”  between  authentic  classroom  practice  and  educational  theory.  There  appear  to  be  changes  in  the  teacher  education  sector  moving  towards  situated  learning  experiences  that  require  “Partnerships”  with  schools  as  a  way  of  linking  theory  with  practice.  “Partnerships”  are  fundamental  to  the  school-­‐based  practice.    The  research  is  conceptualising  value  for  the  schools,  also  the  

distinctiveness  of  the  science  context  in  terms  of  this  approach.  “Reflective  practice”  and  “Teacher  efficacy  and  identity”  are  fundamental  to  the  practices:  teacher  identity  can  be  a  mechanism  for  developing  a  teacher  efficacy  and  professional  identity  and  teacher  reflection  is  a  mechanism  through  which  identity  development  occurs.  Reflective  practice,  identity  and  efficacy  focus  strongly  on  the  experience  of  the  pre-­‐service  teacher.  This  focus  on  teachers  thinking  their  way  into  a  space  is  a  move  away  from  the  previous  model  of  primary  science  teachers,  which  was  principally  focused  on  competence  and  confidence  (a  deficit  model).  Timing  of  the  school-­‐based  practice  is  important  so  that  PSTs  are  ‘ready’  to  begin  to  develop  an  identity  in  relation  to  science.    The  potential  impact  of  the  project  is  on  “Teacher  Education”  through  providing  practical  and  theoretical  models  of  effective  science  practice  through  real  science  teaching  experiences  that  pre-­‐service  teachers  often  do  not  have  during  placement  or  as  an  in-­‐service  teacher.  The  project  also  has  a  potential  impact  on  “School  practice”  through  preparing  willing  and  able  teachers,  but  also  modeling  for  the  school  teachers  involved  contemporary  and  effective  science  teaching  pedagogy.      The  project  examined  the  specifics  of  the  models  used  by  each  university  involved.  They  are  all  different  in  terms  of  “site  difference  and  contexts”,  that  is  the  schools  used;  and  the  “nature  of  the  school-­‐based  approach”  and  “specifics  of  each  model”  vary  depending  on  the  unit  aims  and  goals  and  nature  of  the  partnerships  involved.  In  addition,  the  variety  of  models  included  has  meant  that  the  project  has  been  able  to  generate  “critical  success  factors  and  barriers”  that  may  be  inherent  in  different  contexts.        Conceptualising the Interpretive Framework  The  first  stage  to  developing  the  Interpretive  Framework  was  to  identify  the  most  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  17  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

fundamental  elements  underpinning  our  practice  –  who  is  involved,  what  are  we  doing,  and  why  are  we  doing  it  this  way.  We  decided  the  framework  must:    

• Be  broad  enough  to  allow  for  depth  of  theoretical  exploration  within  the  different  dimensions  

• Have  practical  application  • Have  theoretical  application  • Draw  on  current  practice  • Draw  on  current  literature  • Lead  to  new  practice  • Support  the  development  of  new  practice  • Encompass  all  elements  of  establishing  and  

implementing  practice      We  looked  at  existing  frameworks  from  the  literature  and  government  and  organizational  documents.  Frameworks  that  we  looked  at  were  presented  in  different  ways:  

• Diagrams/figures  with  key  elements  that  were  discussed  

• Tables  with  relationships  between  various  elements  or  components,  what  might  be  done,  and  possibilities  or  outcomes.  

• Full  documents  that  described  the  background  theory,  lists  of  the  framework  elements  that  are  teased  out,  and  case  studies  to  contextualize  and  apply  the  framework.  

• Descriptions  of  various  elements.    

Emergence of the Interpretive Framework  The  team  identified  parameters  that  we  wanted  incorporated  into  the  framework,  which  included  who  the  key  stakeholders  were,  as  well  as  the  elements  of  our  practice  that  we  felt  needed  to  be  attended  to  in  our  framework.  That  all  of  these  key  stakeholders  and  elements  of  practice  arise  as  a  result  of  the  partnership  was  a  strong  underpinning  theme.  This  set  of  parameters  served  as  an  identification  of  what  was  important.    Framing  the  Interpretive  Framework  was  ultimately  a  representational  issue:  deciding  which  areas  of  our  practice  would  be  highlighted  and  afforded  through  further  inquiry;  the  form  of  representation  that  would  act  as  productive  constraints  on  our  thinking.  Also,  there  were  pedagogical  

decisions  made  based  on  our  desire  to  inform  and  instruct  others  of  the  partnerships  and  pedagogies  that  we  want  to  promote.    The  framing  and  development  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  followed  the  following  lines  of  inquiries:      

• How  are  partnerships  grown  over  time?  • What   are   different   types   of   partnerships,   and  

what   are   their   respective   their   purposes   and  values?  

• What  is  fundamental  to  the  pedagogies  that  can  arise  within  partnerships?  

• What   is   needed   for   partnerships   to   achieve  quality   learning   outcomes   and   changed  practices?    

 Dissemination and evaluation

   The  emerging  ideas  have  been  subject  to  a  comprehensive  dissemination  strategy,  which  has  enabled  useful  feedback.  For  example,  draft  6  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  was  presented  to  academic  and  professional  audiences  at  four  events  in  2014:    

• Workshop  prior  to  ASERA,  Melbourne  • ASERA  Conference,  Melbourne  • ATEA  Conference,  Sydney  • EDULEARN  Conference,  Barcelona  

   

Feedback  from  these  events  led  to  further  changes  to  the  two  tables  Growing  University  School  Partnerships  (GUSP,  p.23)  and  Representations  of  Partnership  Practices  (RPP,  p.26)  as  well  as  identifying  some  key  themes  that  needed  to  be  attended  to  when  constructing  the  vignettes  as  outlined  in  Chapter  5,  6  &  7.          The  dissemination  strategy  included  the  following  (based  on  the  D-­‐cubed  dissemination  resources  by  Hinton  et  al.,  2011):  branding,  conferences,  email  lists,  discussion  forums,  social  networking  tools,  funding  sub-­‐projects  at  other  institutions,  participatory  dissemination,  guides  and  teaching  materials,  influencing  policy,  journal  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  18  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

articles,  book  proposal,  media  releases,  meetings,  roundtables,  invited  presentations,  

newsletters,  project  workshops,  webpages,  online  repository  through  the  project  website.  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  19  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  5.  The  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework  

 This  project  strives  to  describe  practices  that  might  not  be  possible  without  the  partnership  arrangement.  The  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework  (see  Figure  2)  focuses  on  describing  practices  in  a  number  of  ways:    

1. Growing  partnerships  as  a  process  comprised  of  different  stages  involving  various  key  stakeholders  working  together  for  educational  benefits  (Chapter  6).  Narratives  are  used  to  illustrate  practice  (Chapter  8);    

2. Representing  practices  in  diverse  ways  depending  on  the  degree  of  cooperation  and  

collaboration  inherent  in  the  partnership  (Chapter  7).  Narratives  are  used  to  illustrate  practice  (Chapter  8);  

3. Capturing  the  principles  underpinning  quality  partnerships  and  the  changes  that  can  be  enabled  through  partnerships  (Chapter  9).  Vignettes  are  used  to  illustrate  principles  in  practice  and  aspects  of  participation  for  the  various  stakeholders(Chapter  10);  and  

4. Capturing  pedagogical  principles  underpinning  the  practices  that  can  be  enabled  by  partnerships  (Chapter  9).  

 Figure  2.  The  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework  

 All  parts  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  recognise  the  needs  of  the  range  of  key  stakeholders  and  elements  of  practice  (see  below)  that  have  been  found  to  be  fundamental  in  these  partnerships.      

Key  stakeholders:    • Schools:  Those  schools  involved  in  the  

partnership,  usually  recruited  by  the  teacher  educator  through  an  existing  partnership,  such  as,  placement  schools,  other  research  or  educational  activities  by  the  teacher  educators,  

Connective, Generative or Transformative

• Purpose • Institutional Structures • Nature of Partnership • Linking Theory with practice

See Narratives for Sample Practice

Principles of Partnership Practice • Risk-taking & Trust • Reciprocity and Mutuality • Recognition of Respective Goals • Respect • Adaptable and Responsive • Diverse Representations

Growth Model • Enablers of Growth • Personal and Professional Development:

Identity, Confidence, Praxis, Relationships

See Vignettes for Sample Practice

Initiating, Implementing & Evaluating

• Aims and Rationale • Institutional Requirements • Relationships • Nature and Quality of Learning • Commitment to Action See Narratives for Sample Practice

Guiding Pedagogical Principles 1. Partnerships between university and schools. 2. Commitment to quality science education. 3. Authentic interaction with children to bridge the

theory-practice divide. 4. Science teacher educator plays an active role. 5. Practice informed by pedagogical and learning

theories. 6. Pre-service teachers and children interaction is

integral. 7. Involves planning, implementing and

assessment of a learning sequence in science. 8. Reflection on and articulation of practice that

focuses on pre-service teacher development and identity, and children’s learning.

See Case Studies for Sample Practice

Growing(University/School(

Partnerships((GUSP)(

Representing(Partnership(Practices((RPP)(

Enabling(Innovative(Practices(

Enabling(Growth(

ACTION(PLAN(Negotiating,(Monitoring,(Evaluating(

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  20  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

or  recruited  for  more  pragmatic  reasons  such  as  closeness  to  the  university.  

• Teachers:  Teachers  at  the  school  whose  classes  are  involved  in  the  program,  or  other  teachers  in  the  school  that  might  be  influenced  in  some  way  by  the  program.  

• Children:  Children  at  the  partnership  schools  involved  in  the  learning  and  teaching  activities  conducted  by  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  

• Pre-­‐Service  Teachers:  University  pre-­‐service  teachers  enrolled  in  the  units  that  incorporate  the  school-­‐based  programs.  They  are  usually  responsible  for  planning,  conducting,  reflecting  on  and  reporting  on  a  primary  science  unit  of  work  involving  children  

• University:  responsible  for  preparing  pre-­‐service  teachers  to  be  teacher-­‐ready.    

• Teacher  educators,  course  directors:  Those  involved  in  delivering  the  courses  that  incorporate  the  school-­‐based  programs.  The  course  directors  are  the  directors  of  an  entire  teacher  education  course  or  program,  and  generally  have  an  overall  understanding  of  the  values,  goals  and  intentions  of  the  course,  and  may  or  may  not  have  an  appreciation  of  the  role  that  school-­‐based  experiences  add  to  the  overall  pre-­‐service  teacher  experience.    

Elements  of  practice:  • Content  knowledge,  skills,  nature  of  disciplinary  

practices  (NOS):  science  content  from  the  science  curriculum  selected  for  teaching  to  pre-­‐service  teachers  and/or  taught  by  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  to  school  children.  

• How  to  teach,  pedagogy:  Teaching  approaches  and  strategies  that  are  considered  fundamental  to  science  education.  These  may  be  part  of  a  tutor-­‐led  curriculum,  and  maybe  part  of  the  planning  and  implementation  of  pre-­‐service  teachers’  units.  For  example,  probing  prior  understanding,  representation  theory,  inquiry,  

promoting  curiosity,  SIS  components  of  effective  teaching.    

• General  pedagogy:  Generic  pedagogy  that  may  also  be  part  of  the  tutor-­‐led  curriculum,  but  which  also  pre-­‐service  teachers  bring  with  them  from  the  broader  education  course  or  program.  For  example,  classroom  management,  questioning,  standards  of  graduate  teachers,  dealing  with  diversity.  

The GUSP and RPP

 Chapters  6  and  7  use  tables  (as  the  GUSP  and  RPP)  to  capture  the  essence  of  the  partnerships  for  both  schools  and  universities.  The  cells  of  the  tables  contain  brief  descriptions,  which  are  later  demonstrated  through  a  series  of  narratives  in  Chapter  8.  These  narratives  draw  on  research  into  our  own  practices,  and  the  experiences  of  other  science  teacher  educators  using  university-­‐school  partnerships.      While  the  GUSP  and  RPP  are  drawn  from  current  practices  from  the  5  institutions  involved  in  the  STEPS  project,  they  have  been  evaluated  to  establish  goodness  of  fit  and  usefulness  for  other  such  partnerships  in  the  education  sector.  They  are  descriptive  of  current  practice  and  visionary  for  new  practice.      

 

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  21  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  6.  Growing  University-­‐School  Partnerships  

   

   Table  1  focuses  on  Growing  University-­‐School  Partnerships  (GUSP).  This  part  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  describes  the  phases  of  initiating,  implementing  and  evaluating  school-­‐based  teacher  education.  The  descriptions  have  been  derived  through  analysis  of  the  practices  of  5  existing  or  past  examples  of  this  practice.      Five  Components  are  used  in  the  GUSP  to  describe  the  likely  processes  and  thinking  required  at  each  phase  of  development.  While  the  development  from  initiation  to  evaluation  appears  to  be  linear  for  each  component,  these  types  of  processes  are  iterative  and  must  remain  responsive  to  the  needs  of  all  key  stakeholders,  which  might  mean  starting  again  at  another  school  if  a  previous  school  is  no  longer  available,  for  example.      Descriptions  of  the  processes  involved  in  developing  these  types  of  partnerships  help  others  who  might  be  considering  adopting  such  partnerships  to  be  aware  of  what  thinking  and  planning  is  needed  over  time.  It  also  can  help  those  within  existing  partnerships  by  providing  a  language  to  talk  about  often  undocumented  and  amorphous  practices.      The  GUSP  is  intended  for  use  by  school  and  university  stakeholder  groups.  The  cells  of  the  GUSP  can,  therefore,  be  interpreted  by  each  group.  Elaboration  of  the  five  components  is  described  below.    

GUSP Components

A.  Need  and  Rationale  Whether  initiating,  implementing  or  evaluating  a  university-­‐school  partnership,  the  needs  of  each  partner  and  their  respective  rationale  for  being  involved  in  the  partnership  need  to  be  considered.    Identifying  needs  and  rationale  ensures  that  each  partner’s  core  requirements  are  accounted  for  in  the  establishment  of  a  partnership  arrangement.  In  effective  partnerships,  partners  regularly  check  with  one  another  in  the  implementation  phase  to  ensure  that  each  other’s’  needs  are  being  met,  and  where  possible,  are  flexible  in  arrangements  to  meet  emergent  needs  that  may  not  have  been  apparent  in  the  initiation  phase.    In  the  evaluation  phase  each  partner  should  review  ways  in  which  arrangements  did  and  did  not  meet  their  respective  needs  and  adjust  the  partnership  arrangement  accordingly  for  future  iterations.    

B.  Institutional  and  Unit  Demands  Both  universities  and  schools  have  a  range  of  constraints  that  may  shape  the  way  in  which  a  partnership  can  be  organised.    Aspects  such  as  timetabling,  curriculum  and  resources,  to  name  a  few,  may  limit  the  extent  of  the  partnership  arrangement.    Each  organization  should  try  to  identify  as  many  constraints  and  affordances  as  possible  to  ensure  the  success  of  a  partnership.    Partners  should  also  be  prepared  to  respond,  if  possible,  to  changing  constraints  if  and  when  they  become  apparent  during  the  partnership  implementation  periods.    The  evaluation  phase  also  allows  for  changing  or  emergent  constraints  to  be  better  planned  for  in  further  partnership  iterations.    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  22  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

C.  Relationships  An  essential  aspect  of  initiating  a  partnership  arrangement  is  to  define  the  type  of  partnership  that  is  desired/possible.    Defining  the  nature  of  the  partnership  means  considering  the  role  each  person  is  wanting  and  able  to  commit.    Partnerships  can  be  connective,  generative  or  transformative.    Each  of  these  types  of  partnership  is  valuable  in  its  own  right,  but  provides  different  opportunities  for  the  level  of  partners’  involvement  before,  during  and  after  the  partnership  period.    Table  2  (Representations  of  Partnership  Practices)  explores  the  nature  and  extent  of  partner  roles  in  more  detail.    In  evaluating  the  nature  of  the  partnership,  each  partner  can  reconsider  their  level  of  involvement  and  maintain  similar  or  negotiate  different  levels  of  involvement  for  future  iterations.    

D.  Nature  and  quality  of  learning  The  nature  and  the  quality  of  the  learning  arising  from  pre-­‐service  teachers’  (PSTs’)  interaction  with  children  is  the  core  purpose  of  the  partnership.  Here,  the  learning  experiences  of  the  children  are  of  fundamental  concern.  Thus  careful  planning  of  the  types  of  learning  experiences  -­‐  ways  in  which  subject  and  general  content  and  pedagogy  is  implemented  –  is  essential.    The  other  stakeholders  also  stand  to  learn  from  their  involvement  in  the  partnership;  the  degree  to  which  this  is  planned  for  will  depend  on  the  type  of  partnership.  Learning  is  informed  by  educational  research,  particularly  related  to  science  education  and  effective  teacher  practice.  Involvement  of  the  different  stakeholders  in  planning  and  implementation  of  the  learning  experience  can  depend  on  the  nature  of  the  partnership  that  has  been  negotiated.  In  evaluating  these  interactions,  both  partners  consider  the  experience  of  the  children,  the  PSTs,  classroom  teachers,  and  teacher  educators,  and  how  educational  research  can  inform  the  most  effective  experience  possible.  

 

E.  Commitment  to  action  Commitment  to  action  emphasises  that  the  various  partners  generate  common  understanding  of  what  they  are  committing  to.    When  a  lead  partner  initiates  contact  there  is  careful  consideration  to  how  contact  is  made  and  the  process  of  entering  into  a  partnership.  Negotiation  requires  discussion  about  the  aims  and  rationale  for  involvement,  requirements,  constraints,  enablers,  type  of  relationship  desired,  and  learning  outcomes  to  be  achieved.    During  implementation,  all  partners  monitor  and  reflect  on  current  levels  of  commitment  and  involvement.  This  ensures  that  aims  and  rationale,  institutional  requirements,  and  learning  needs  are  consistent  with  the  practices  occurring  within  the  partnership.  There  is  scope  to  shift  practice  as  the  partnership  progresses.    Evaluation  occurs  at  a  time  when  it  is  possible  to  respond  with  change  as  necessary,  such  as  at  the  end  of  a  year  or  after  completion  of  an  iteration  of  the  partnership  practice.  Evaluation  is  informed  by  data.  Sustainability  of  the  practice  depends  on  continued  common  understanding  of  what  each  partner  is  committing  to.        A  set  of  Tools  have  been  developed  to  support  the  three  stages  of  partnership  growth:    

• Partnership   Negotiation   Tool   (PNT),   includes   a  template   for   recording   the   negotiation   as   it  progresses;  

• Partnership  Monitoring  Tool  (PMT);  and  • Partnership  Evaluation  Tool  (PET)  

 The  Tools  consist  of  sets  of  questions  to  guide  thinking.  They  can  be  used  in  association  with  the  other  parts  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  included  within  Figure  2.    

 

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  23  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Table  1.  Growing  University-­‐School  Partnerships  (GUSP)  

  A. Aims

and Rationale

B. Institutional

Requirements

C. Relationships

D. Nature and Quality of Learning

E. Commitment to Action

1. In

itiat

ion

Phas

e

Identify mutual

and differing needs and

provide rationale

Identify requirements,

constraints and enablers governing the approach to partnership

development

Negotiate roles and

responsibilities and define value and

parameters defining the nature of the partnership

Conceptualise an approach to

PST interactions with children

Initiate contact Negotiate actions (See Partnership Negotiation Tool)

2. Im

plem

enta

tion

Phas

e

Be mindful of the needs

and rationale and be

responsive to emerging

needs

Manage, compromise,

justify and respond to

requirements (limitations and

possibilities)

Maintain and work with

partners to meet individual

and differing needs of partners

Enable interactions with children that reflect

subject-related and general content and pedagogy

Monitor and reflect on current levels of commitment and

involvement (See Partnership Monitoring Tool)

3. E

valu

atio

n Ph

ase

Evaluate the needs and rationales for their

continued relevance and future

possibilities.

Evaluate against

institutional requirements, and consider

different possibilities & approaches.

Evaluate the nature of the partnership to

respond to current and future needs

and possibilities.

Evaluate the nature of

interactions drawing on a

range of evidence,

including key stakeholders’

reflections and educational research.

Evaluate commitment and respond with

change as necessary (See Partnership Evaluation Tool)

   

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  24  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  7.  Representations  of  Partnership  Practices  

This  part  of  the  Interpretive  Framework  (Table  2)  depicts  a  typology  of  practices.  These  types—described  as  Connective,  Generative  and  Transformative—are  based  on  the  nature  of  the  purposes,  embeddedness  within  the  partner  institutional  structures,  nature  of  the  partnership  as  collaborative  or  cooperative,  and  extent  to  which  links  between  theory  and  practice  results  in  reflection  on  practice  and  professional  identity  development  for  the  various  partnership  stakeholders.  The  table  is  not  meant  to  imply  increasing  value  but  to  describe  differing  types  of  practices,  each  with  its  own  value  and  arising  out  of  the  desired  purposes  and  educational  outcomes.  It  is  not  meant  to  suggest  a  trajectory  that  a  partnership  must  move  through  in  order  to  reach  maturity.    Again,  the  descriptions  in  each  cell  have  been  derived  through  analysis  of  the  practices  of  5  existing  or  past  examples  of  this  practice.      Descriptions  of  the  types  of  partnerships  assist  those  who  might  be  considering  entering  into  partnerships  to  consider  the  desired  outcomes,  structures,  and  level  of  responsibility  taken  by  each  partner.  It  also  can  help  those  within  existing  partnerships  by  providing  a  language  to  talk  about  often  undocumented  and  amorphous  practices.    

 The  Table  is  intended  for  use  by  school  and  university  stakeholder  groups.  All  cells  have  the  same  content,  therefore,  they  should  be  interpreted  by  each  group.      

RPP components

A. Purposes  Describes  the  rationale  for  partners,  and  in  particular,  schools,  for  participating  in  the  school-­‐based  partnership.  

B. Institutional  Practices  Describes  the  structures  that  exist  within  each  institution  and  how  they  are  managed  and/or  adapted  to  facilitate  the  school-­‐university  partnership.  

C. Nature  of  Partnership  Describes  the  level  of  co-­‐operation  or  collaboration  between  partners  to  service  a  need  or  engage  in  joint  effort  and  commitment  to  partnership  outcomes.  

D. Linking  theory  and  practice  Describes  the  degree  to  which  each  partner  is  involved  in:  reflection  on  theory  and  practice;  and  opportunities  for  professional  identity  development.  

Typology

1. Connective  Connective  partnerships  are  co-­‐operative  in  nature.  They  are  typified  by  a  “win-­‐win”  outcome  where  each  partner  recognizes  a  key  benefit/value  from  working  together.    They  arise  when  one  or  other  of  the  partners  may  have  a  particular  need  and  the  other  is  able  to  provide  a  space  or  service  to  accommodate  that  need.    These  partnerships  sit  within  existing  structures  and  tend  to  be  “one-­‐off”  or  short-­‐term  in  nature.    They  are  provided  because  both  partners  recognize  schools  as  important  sites  for  PSTs  to  link  theory  and  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  25  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

practice.  These  partnerships  meet  important  short-­‐term  needs  and  provide  seeding  opportunities  for  other  partnerships  and/or  more  long-­‐term  generative  or  transformative  partnerships.  

2. Generative    Generative  partnerships,  whilst  still  mainly  co-­‐operative  in  nature,  see  a  greater  level  of  commitment  and  participation  from  both  partners.    These  partnerships  generate  new  or  different  practices  and  outlooks  in  the  school  and  university  programs  by  committing  to  longer-­‐term  involvement  in  the  partnership  arrangement  due  to  the  recognised  mutual  benefits.    Partners  respond  to  one  another’s  needs  to  develop  programs  that  may  involve  small  modifications  to  existing  structures  in  order  to  accommodate  one  another’s  needs.    PSTs  are  engaged  in  reflection  on  their  practice  where  they  make  links  to  underpinning  theoretical  ideas.  Teachers  are  cognisant  of  what  PSTs  are  doing  in  the  classroom  and  this  provides  opportunities  for  them  to  also  reflect  on  

practice  that  may  be  linked  to  theory.  These  partnerships  meet  important  long-­‐term  needs  and  are  well-­‐established  in  both  the  school  and  university  planning.  

3. Transformative  

Transformative  partnerships  are  collaborative  and  focused  on  active  involvement  in  planning  and  delivery  of  curriculum  for  the  purpose  of  professional  learning.    They  are  on-­‐going  and  embedded  in  the  programs  of  the  collaborating  institutions.    Partners  have  an  invested  interest  in  working  collaboratively  to  develop  key  practices  and  outcomes  that  are  aligned  with  and  fundamental  to  their  teaching  and  professional  learning.  Partners  engage  in  critical  reflective  practice  that  is  guided  by  theory-­‐practice  nexus  and  over  time  develops  a  sense  of  professional  identity  forged  through  their  collaborative  experience.    

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  26  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Table  2.  Representations  of  Partnership  Practices    (RPP)  

  A. Purposes

B. Institutional

structures C. Nature of partnership

D. Linking theory with practice

1. C

onne

ctiv

e

Engagement

based on provision of

curriculum or other service

need.

Partnership activities are

short-term and opportunistic and sit within existing

structure.

Both partners provide short-term

services with a focus on one

partner’s needs but with mutual

benefits and value for all.

Both partners

recognise schools as important sites for PSTs to link

theory and practice.

2. G

ener

ativ

e

Partners recognise

opportunities for mutual

professional learning

Partnership activities are

considered long-term and are planned and

catered for in the teacher education

and school programs.

Partners jointly plan the structure

of the school-based practices to the benefit of both.

Opportunities exist for both partners to reflect on practice that may be linked

to theory.

3. T

rans

form

ativ

e

Partner involvement

based on active

professional learning

Partnerships are embedded in the

ongoing structures and practices of the

institutions.

Partners take joint responsibility for mutually agreed

practices and outcomes that are embedded in their

respective core outcomes.

Both partners engage explicitly in

reflective inquiry guided by theories

of professional identity

development.

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  27  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  8.  Narratives  

   The  Narratives  have  been  developed  to  demonstrate  what  the  GUSP  and  RPP  look  like  in  practice.  These  narratives  provide  context  for  the  cells  of  the  GUSP  and  RPP.      Each  Narrative  aligns  with  one  or  more  cells  of  the  GUSP  or  RPP.  They  are  short  descriptions  of  some  elements  of  our  partnership  practice.      The  narratives  are  derived  from  interview  data  with  the  various  stakeholders;  the  data  were  coded  against  the  cells  of  the  GUSP  and  RPP  tables  (e.g.  Row  2,  Column  D).  Some  of  the  data  have  been  included  to  provide  authenticity  for  the  narratives.    All  cells  have  narratives,  which  illustrates  the  diversity  of  partnerships  and  pedagogical  approaches  across  the  five  models  in  the  STEPS  Project.    The  narratives  are  located  in  Appendix  1  (GUSP)  and  Appendix  2  (RPP).    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  28  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  9.  Using  partnerships  for  effective  science  teacher  education  

 Using  partnerships  to  foster  growth  requires  attention  to  both  the  educational  practices  that  are  enabled  because  of  the  partnership,  as  well  as  the  partnership  practices,  which  position  the  stakeholders  as  participants,  contributors  and  beneficiaries  of  the  partnership.    

 Guiding Pedagogical Principles

 The  GPPs  formed  the  basis  of  a  video  (see  Figure  3  for  the  representation  used  in  the  video),  which  was  written  and  acted  by  members  of  the  STEPS  Project  team,  filmed  at  a  partner  school,  and  produced  with  assistance  from  Deakin  University  digital  learning  staff    (Deakin  Learning  Futures).  The  video  is  intended  as  a  resource  for  students,  and  as  a  tool  to  facilitate  uptake  of  school-­‐based  approaches  in  the  sector.  The  video  is  informative  of  the  learning  

experiences  that  PSTs  will  face  within  a  school-­‐based  science  education  unit.  The  video  is  structured  around  the  GPPs,  and  The  Guiding  Pedagogical  Principles  (GPPs)  capture  the  educational  practices  that  can  be  afforded  because  of  a  partnership.      Partnerships  enable  authentic  interaction  between  pre-­‐service  teacher  and  the  school  children.     Quality  and  effective  science  teacher  education  can  be  achieved  when  the  following  guiding  principles  are  exhibited.  includes  interviews  with  a  school  principal,  STEPS  Project  leader,  and  PSTs,  and  footage  of  the  practice  in  action.  It  is  located  on  the  STEPS  Project  website:  http://www.stepsproject.org.au/interpretive-­‐framework          

   

Guiding Pedagogical Principles 1. Embedded within a partnership between university and schools. 2. A commitment to quality science education. 3. Authentic interaction with children in schools for the purpose of bridging the

theory-practice divide

4. Science teacher educator plays an active role in supporting the pre-service teacher in school settings.

5. Science teacher educator and pre-service teacher practice is informed by

pedagogical and learning theories.

6. Interaction between pre-service teachers and children is integral to a science-related unit.

7. Involve planning, implementing and assessment of a learning sequence in science.

8. Reflection on and articulation of practice that focuses on pre-service teacher development and identity, and children’s learning.    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  29  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 

   

   

Figure  3.  The  STEPS  Guiding  Pedagogical  Principles  

Enabling growth through educational practices partnership principles  There  are  a  diversity  of  approaches  and  types  of  partnerships,  some  more  co-­‐operative,  others  more  collaborative.  Each  serves  a  purpose,  and  may  be  short  term  or  long  term.  The  practice  of  initiating,  maintaining  and  evaluating  any  type  of  partnership  can  be  underpinned  by  a  set  of  principles  to  guide  the  partnership  practice.      Effective  partnerships  require:    

 Partnership Principles Effective  partnerships  require:

• Risk-taking & Trust • Reciprocity & Mutuality • Respect • Recognition of respective goals • Adaptability & Responsiveness

to changing needs • Diverse representations

Risk-­‐taking  and  Trust  Entering  a  partnership  for  the  first  time  requires  each  member  of  the  partnership  to  take  a  risk.  Schools  enter  the  partnership  risking  that  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  will  be  capable  and  reliable  as  this  affects  both  classroom  organization  and  children’s  learning.  The  teacher  educator  risks  the  quality  of  the  teaching  and  learning  experience  of  the  pre-­‐service  teachers,  as  a  poor  school  experience  can  have  long  term  detrimental  effects  on  pre-­‐service  teachers’  confidence.    Both  schools  and  teacher  educators  risk  that  the  other  will  be  organized  and  effective  in  contributing  to  the  management  of  the  partnership  –  being  timely,  open  and  honest  with  communication  and  providing  the  necessary  structures  to  support  the  partnership.  These  risk  factors  tend  to  influence  the  nature  of  most  partnerships;  beginning  with  “low-­‐

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  30  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

risk”  level  partnerships  that  may  evolve  to  more  sophisticated  and  transformative  types  of  partnerships  over  time  as  trust  is  built  through  experience.    There  will  always  be  risk,  but  experience  in  the  partnership  and  commitment  to  its  success  from  all  members  ensures  that  this  risk  is  minimized.  

Reciprocity  and  Mutuality  As  identified  in  other  partnership  studies  (e.g.  Kruger  et  al.,  2009),  reciprocity  and  mutuality  are  important  factors  in  partnership  arrangements.    There  needs  to  be  mutual  benefit  for  each  partner  otherwise  motivations  to  be  involved  can  be  adversely  affected.    In  school-­‐university  partnerships,  the  mutual  benefits  emerge  almost  naturally,  but  they  must  be  nurtured  to  ensure  they  are  not  forgotten  in  the  administrivia  that  can  overtake  time  and  energies  in  managing  the  partnership.    Some  of  the  reciprocal  benefits  of  school-­‐university  partnerships  include  the  dedicated  science  learning  experiences  that  pre-­‐service  teachers  bring  to  the  classroom.    These  learning  experiences  are  seen  as  beneficial  for  children’s  learning  as  well  as  for  teachers  who  value  the  gaining  of  new  ideas  for  science  teaching.      Principals  and  teachers  also  value  the  contribution  they  are  making  to  the  profession  by  supporting  pre-­‐service  teacher  learning.      Pre-­‐service  teachers  gain  valuable,  authentic  experiences  that  help  to  build  their  teacher  identity,  self-­‐efficacy  and  knowledge  to  teach  science  and  knowledge  of  children  and  their  responsiveness  to  science  learning  experiences.        Teacher  educators  also  gain  valuable  experience  in  the  classroom,  observing  changes  in  school  and  classroom  structures,  trends  in  children’s  interests,  capabilities  and  engagement;  and  technologies  that  are  entering  classrooms  that  can  be  embedded  in  their  own  programs.    Having  these  mutual  

benefits  motivates  each  partner  to  commit  to  and  work  towards  the  success  of  the  partnership.    

Recognition  of  Respective  Goals  Linked  to  reciprocity  and  mutuality  is  the  principle  that  recognises  the  goals  of  respective  members  of  the  partnership.    The  primary  motivations  of  each  partner  must  be  realised  if  the  partnership  is  to  have  any  longevity.    This  means  it  is  important  to  identify  and  cater  for  the  main  goals  of  each  partner.    For  schools  this  is  often  tied  to  the  learning  experience  of  the  children.    If  children  are  not  provided  with  a  quality  learning  experience  the  partnership  will  be  at  risk.    This  makes  it  of  vital  importance  that  teacher  educators  work  closely  with  pre-­‐service  teachers  to  build  their  capacity  to  plan  and  deliver  a  quality  program.    For  teacher  educators,  the  key  goal  is  usually  to  gain  access  to  children  to  ensure  there  is  an  authentic  learning  experience  for  pre-­‐service  teachers,  which  enables  them  to  embed  theory  into  their  practice  in  a  supported  way  as  they  learn  to  become  an  effective  teacher.  Recognition  of  these  primary  goals  lays  the  foundation  on  which  the  partnership  is  structured  and  maintained  over  time.  

Respect  Respect  is  observed  in  many  ways  in  a  partnership  arrangement  and  is  key  to  its  success.    It  is  one  of  the  most  pervasive  principles  in  that  it  is  linked  to  each  of  the  other  principles  identified.    There  is  respect  in  the  risk-­‐taking  and  building  of  trust  over  time;  respect  for  the  needs  and  the  goals  of  each  of  the  partner  members;  respect  for  one  another’s  goals;  and  respect  for  the  types  of  partnerships  that  can  be  established  at  different  stages  of  the  relationship.    Respect  is  fundamental  to  initiating,  maintaining  and  enhancing  partnership  arrangements.  

Adaptable  and  Responsive  to  Changing  Needs  When  partnership  arrangements  are  first  established,  it  can  be  difficult  to  foresee  all  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  31  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

the  factors  that  might  influence  the  success  of  the  partnership.  This  makes  it  essential  that  all  members  of  the  partnership  adopt  a  willingness  to  respond  to  emerging  needs.    This  can  occur  at  different  stages  of  the  partnership.    In  initiating  a  partnership,  some  flexibility  is  needed  in  negotiating  the  structures  and  processes  to  ensure  that  each  member’s  primary  goals  are  met  and  that  the  limiting  factors  around  time  and  resources  are  accounted  for.    When  partnership  arrangements  are  being  implemented,  some  needs  may  emerge  and  need  to  be  responded  to  quite  suddenly,  whilst  others  may  come  from  reflection  and  be  built  into  an  evaluation.    In  the  evaluation  stage,  adapting  and  responding  to  changing  needs  and/or  new  ideas  can  help  the  partnership  evolve  and  this  builds  sustainability  and  potentially,  sophistication  in  the  nature  of  the  partnership.  

Diverse  Representations  A  key  factor  emerging  from  this  project  is  the  need  to  value  a  diverse  range  of  partnership  types.  Partnership  studies  often  purport  the  value  in  those  partnerships  that  are  operating  at  a  high  level  of  collaboration.    Certainly,  these  sorts  of  partnerships,  termed  transformative  in  this  project,  are  of  significant  benefit  to  all  involved.    However,  in  the  establishment  of  new  partnerships,  the  risk  involved  in  entering  such  a  high-­‐level  arrangement  can  be  a  deterrent.    This  is  when  partnerships  that  are  of  a  lower  risk  are  of  importance,  and  should  not  be  less  valued  because  they  are  operating  at  a  more  connective  than  transformative  level.  It  is  from  these  beginnings  that  more  generative  or  transformative  partnerships  can  grow.    There  are  also  situations  in  which  a  connective  partnership  better  meets  the  needs  and  goals  of  its  members.    For  example,  short-­‐term  projects  linked  to  community  or  global  events  can  be  capatilised  on  by  a  connective  partnership.    Hence  there  is  a  need  to  identify  the  nature,  and  guide  the  formation  and  implementation  of  a  diverse  range  of  partnerships,  and  to  

value  each  type  of  partnership  for  the  value  it  brings  its  members  at  a  given  point  in  time.  

Growth Model for using partnerships in

teacher education  People  enter  into  partnerships  because  they  recognise  the  value  that  they  can  play  in  enabling  growth.  Using  partnerships  to  foster  and  enable  growth  within  teacher  education  requires  being  aware  of:  the  potential  for  partnerships  to  enable  innovation  in  pedagogy  (Guiding  Pedaoggical  Principls);  the  principles  required  for  making  partnerships  sustainable  and  effective  (Parternship  Principles);  and  the  fact  that  partnerships  develop,  strenghten  and  evolve  over  time.  The  focus  of  growth  is  tied  to  the  nature  and  quality  of  the  learning  experience  that  occurs  within  the  specific  partnership.  See  Figure  4  for  a  representation  of  how  partnerships  enable  growth.      For  the  university-­‐school  partnerships  represented  in  the  STEPS  project,  the  overarching  aim  is  growth  in  the  quality  and  effectiveness  of  teaching  (through  the  relationship  developed  through  the  partnership)  and  teacher  education  (through  praxis,  and  confidence  and  identity  changes,  both  of  which  are  possible  because  of  the  partnership).  Identity,  Confidence,  Praxis,  and  Relationship  are  four  meta-­‐themes  that  have  been  found  to  be  recurrent  in  the  data,  and  are  illustrated  through  the  vignettes  in  Chapter  10.      In  Figure  4,  the  Partnership  is  the  enabler  of  growth  through:  collaboration  within  and  across  partner  groups;  two-­‐way  communication  which  is  needed  for  developing  and  maintaining  trust,  acknowledging  of  the  risks,  and  in  achieving  reciprocity  where  each  partner  is  willing  to  contribute  to  meeting  the  needs  of  the  other  partner/s;  and  coordination  of  arrangements  by  key  people  who  can  act  as  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  32  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

administrators,  boundary  spanners  and  gatekeepers.    The  intended  outcome  is  achieved  as  Personal  and  Professional  Development,  the  effective  of  which  is  evidenced  through  

changes  in  behavior,  expertise  (including  knowledge  and  practice),  and  attitudes  and    values.    

         

   

Figure  4.  STEPS  Growth  Model  for  Effective  Teacher  Education          

     

 

University-School Partnerships

Growth As more effective teaching and

teacher education

Identity Confidence Praxis Relationship

Collab

orat

ion

Coo

rdin

atio

n

Com

mun

icatio

n

Behav

iour

Exp

ertis

e

Attit

udes

and

Va

lues

Enablers  of  growth  

Personal  and  Professional  Development  

Growth Model for Effective Teacher Education

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  33  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  10.  Vignettes  

 The  vignettes  are  compilations  of  the  data  generated  throughout  the  project,  including  the  case  studies,  interviews  relating  to  the  five  partnerships  models,  and  interviews  completed  with  other  teacher  educators  within  the  science  education  sector  in  Australia.      The  vignettes  are  written  around  themes  that  relate  to  questions  and  issues  that  emerged  during  dissemination  and  evaluation  of  the  project  outcomes  (workshops,  presentations,  as  well  as  the  teacher  educator  interviews).  These  themes  are  important  in  supporting  

uptake  of  school-­‐based  practices  by  other  teacher  educators.      The  themes  are  written  for  different  audiences.  Each  vignette  contains  different  themes.  The  nature  of  the  vignette  depends  on  the  audience.  The  vignette  is  informed  by  data  but  does  not  necessarily  include  the  data  verbatim,  although  the  contributing  data  is  footnoted.    The  themes  prepared  for  different  audiences  are  listed  in  Table  5.    

 Table  3.  Vignette  Audiences  and  Themes  

 Vignette Audience Theme/s

1

Teacher educators and schools

Trust and Reciprocity, Risk taking, Communication and Feedback

2 Schools and/or teachers The valuing of science, Strategic relationship with schools

3 Teacher educators

Integrating educational research into practice

4 Students

Shifting, learning, valuing

   

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  34  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Vignette 1. Partnerships between teacher educators and schools: Reciprocity, Trust,

Risk Taking, and Communication and Feedback  

Reciprocity:  Reciprocity  is  important  to  the  partnership  model.  It  is  only  experienced  when  the  needs  of  each  partner  provides  the  motivation  for  both  partners  to  commit  to  an  ongoing  relationship.  Partners  need  to  see  the  benefits  that  the  partnership  arrangement  brings  to  their  core  business.    The  more  each  partner  tries  to  view  the  arrangement  from  the  needs  of  their  partners’  as  well  as  their  own  needs,  the  stronger  and  more  sustainable  the  partnership  arrangement  can  be.  It  is  this  mutual  benefit  that  defines  the  reciprocity  that  partnership  arrangements  need  for  success.    

Benefits  for  Universities  For  teacher  educators  and  pre-­‐service  teachers  one  of  the  primary  motivations  for  involvement  in  a  partnership  is  the  opportunity  for  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  to  gain  authentic  experience  of  teaching  a  unit  of  science  to  children.  Pre-­‐service  teachers  need  a  successful  and  authentic  experience  of  teaching  science  to  children  to  not  only  enhance  their  knowledge  and  capability  in  teaching  science5  but  also  to  build  their  confidence.  Having  a  school-­‐university  partnership  in  teacher  education  provides  pre-­‐service  teachers  with  an  opportunity  to  apply  and  practice  the  theory  they  are  learning  in  the  university  setting  in  a  timely  and  often  concurrent  manner.  This  concurrent  theory-­‐practice  learning  is  not  always  possible  when  the  formal  teaching  experience  sits  before  or  after  curriculum  units,  or  even  once  they  have  entered  the  profession.      To  gain  a  good  understanding  of  teaching  scientific  concepts  in  a  way  that  develops  children’s  knowledge,  pre-­‐service  teachers  need  to  teach  a  whole  unit  of  science  so  they  can  conduct  the  necessarily  assessment  and  learning  activities  that  build  knowledge  over  time  within  a  focus  area.  This  is  something  that  does  not  necessarily  occur  on  rounds.  Pre-­‐service  teachers  also  need  to  see  the  way  in  which  children  respond  to  science  learning  in  order  to  develop  a  sense  of  whether  their  teaching  activities  and  approaches  are  successful  or  not.    This  direct  involvement  with  children  

learning  science  also  gives  them  the  much  needed  opportunity  to  witness  the  engagement  and  enjoyment  children  have  in  learning  science,  which  is  often  unexpected  due  to  their  own  poor  experiences  and/or  attitudes  towards  science.  The  partnership  also  serves  an  important  function  of  helping  those  teacher  educators  who  visit  or  are  involved  in  the  schools  during  the  teaching  periods  that  are  connected  to  their  units.    Teacher  educators  need  to  see  what  is  happening  in  the  school  to  not  only  assess  the  success  of  their  own  science  education  programs,  but  also  to  see  the  ways  in  which  classrooms  and  schools  are  evolving  over  time.    

Benefits  for  Schools  School-­‐university  partnerships  also  provide  a  number  of  benefits  for  schools.    Schools  need  strong  science  programs,  but  they  often  struggle  to  address  science  adequately  for  a  range  of  reasons.  Teachers  need  to  cover  a  lot  of  content  from  a  range  of  curriculum  areas  and  they  often  feel  the  pressure  of  a  crowded  curriculum.  Teachers  also  need  to  have  confidence  in  their  background  knowledge  of  science  and  in  their  ability  to  teach  it  effectively.  The  lack  of  this  confidence  and/or  knowledge  can  limit  their  ability  and  incentive  to  each  science.    A  partnership  with  a  university  science  teacher  education  program  can  help  to  address  these  needs  by  providing  access  to  expert  science  educators  to  ensure  there  is  adequate  support  in  the  development  and  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  35  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

delivery  of  science  units.    Schools  also  need  to  have  appropriate  resources  –  both  staffing  and  material–  to  provide  a  rich  science  curriculum.    Access  to  such  resources  can  be  difficult  for  schools  and  a  partnership  approach  helps  to  address  this  through  the  use  of  equipment  borrowed  from  the  university  involved.  Schools  also  value  the  engagement  and  excitement  that  the  science  program  brings  out  in  the  children.  The  nature  of  the  school-­‐university  partnership  allows  children  to  see  that  science  is  accessible  to  them  and  not  something  that  is  only  for  the  “smart  kids”  or  “nerds.”      

Many  principals  and  teachers  view  the  partnership  as  an  opportunity  for  science  professional  learning  where  they  learn  a  range  of  new  activities  and  ideas  and  keep  up-­‐to-­‐date  with  contemporary  pedagogical  approaches.      Many  schools  also  highlight  the  benefit  of  the  partnership  for  future  recruitment  as  they  get  to  know  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  and  their  capabilities  through  the  program.  The  partnerships  with  universities  are  viewed  as  an  attractive  selling  point  for  some  schools  and  they  advertise  it  through  their  newsletters  and  school  council  meetings  as  a  way  of  demonstrating  the  school’s  success.  

Risk taking and Trust:  Trust  between  partners  is  always  an  important  component  of  successful  partnerships.  Trust  is,  however,  something  that  takes  time  and  experience  to  establish.    This  means  that  at  the  beginning  of  any  partnership  arrangement,  both  partners  need  to  examine  and  commit  to  taking  the  risk  of  working  with  one  another.    This  risk  taking  can  be  quite  difficult  for  school-­‐university  partnerships  as  it  is  often  the  teachers  and  teacher  educators  organising  the  partnership  arrangement  that  places  the  learning  of  their  respective  students  at  risk.        Ensuring  that  a  partnership  runs  smoothly  and  is  successful  can  be  quite  demanding  on  the  people  involved.  There  is  a  significant  amount  of  work  involved  including  that  of  recruiting  willing  partners,  determining  the  needs  and  desires  of  each  partner,  and  establishing  a  program  that  addresses  these  needs  and  desires.    Beginning  a  program  like  this  can  also  be  risky  in  ensuring  that  there  are  enough  pre-­‐service  teachers  and  enough  children  to  meet  everyone’s  needs.  These  types  of  considerations  require  commitment  and  flexibility  from  everyone  involved  and  partners  may  need  to  alter  those  aspects  of  their  programs  they  can  if  they  want  a  partnership  to  proceed.    Partners  need  to  negotiate  some  challenging  aspects  such  as  timetabling  and  consider  how  other  

programs  each  partner  needs  to  deliver  will  fit  in/around  the  partnership  arrangement.      The  reward  for  taking  this  initial  risk  is  the  relationship  and  trust  that  is  able  to  be  established  over  time.    Ideally,  schools  and  universities  will  have  the  same  people  involved  in  the  program  in  an  on-­‐going  basis  to  allow  the  relationships  to  develop  and  trust  to  build.    However,  even  then,  there  is  no  guarantee  that  a  successful  partnership  will  eventuate.  Partnerships  can  be  maintained  or  grown  once  that  initial  trust  is  established  and  consistency  of  success  is  experienced.        

Communication as a tool for developing and sustaining relationships

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  36  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Feedback  and  communication  is  needed  between  all  key  stakeholders:  university  students,  teachers,  principals,  children  and  university  tutors.  Communication  is  needed  for  establishing  the  relationship  so  that  the  needs  and  demands  of  the  school  and  university  can  be  built  into  the  developing  relationship.  Also  important  is  ongoing  communication  and  opportunities  for  feedback  in  order  to  maximise  the  learning  taking  place  for  students  and  to  ensure  that  the  relationship  continues  to  be  beneficial  for  the  children,  the  teachers,  and  in  meeting  the  unit  objectives.  Communication  is  needed  for  developing  and  maintaining  trust  in  the  program  delivery  positive  outcomes,  and  in  achieving  reciprocity  where  each  partner  is  willing  to  contribute  to  meeting  the  needs  of  the  other  partner/s.  Feedback  is  an  important  mechanism  for  checking  that  all  is  well,  that  changing  needs  are  recognised,  and  that  there  is  room  for  movement  and  change.    

Communication  Communication  is  needed  when  negotiating  partnership  arrangements,  both  negotiating  the  current  arrangements  and  helping  shape  future  arrangements.    Good  communication  between  the  University  representative,  principals  and  the  teachers  involved,  are  central  to  the  relationship.  Good  communication  when  establishing  a  relationship  can  help  to  dispel  apprehensions  from  principals  and  teachers  that  might  have  developed  from  past  experiences  of  working  with  partner  organisations,  such  as  other  universities.  Discussions  with  the  classroom  teachers  prior  to  teaching  about  the  topics,  the  approach,  and  expectations  are  central  to  getting  teachers  feeling  at  ease  and  knowing  it  is  all  going  to  be  ok.  This  first  communication  establishes  the  nature  of  and  expectations  for  future  interactions.          Schools  need  to  know  that  they  can  influence  the  nature  of  the  relationships  and  the  type  of  experiences  that  their  students  are  involved  in.  By  listening  to  schools,  there  is  greater  opportunity  for  the  work  of  the  students  to  be  valued  because  the  content  might  tie  into  the  curriculum,  and  there  is  greater  potential  for  the  classroom  teachers  to  extent  and  support  the  work  of  the  students.    

Feedback  Feedback  for  the  school  about  the  value  of  the  partnership,  leading  to  ongoing  involvement  

is  important.  Feedback  between  students  and  the  teacher,  and  between  tutor  and  students  are  central.    Good  feedback  means  satisfaction,  which  hopefully  translates  as  sustainability  of  the  program.  Teachers  and  principals  are  attuned  to  whether  issues  arise.  Getting  the  principals  and  teachers  on-­‐side  is  central  so  positive  feedback  about  what  the  children  are  doing  with  science  gives  principals  and  teachers  assurance  that  it  is  working.    An  open  line  of  communication  between  PST  and  teacher  works  best  if  the  flow  of  information  goes  both  ways.  The  teachers  appreciate  the  teaching  ideas  that  students  offered  through  their  lessons,  as  well  as  being  briefed  on  the  concepts  and  standards  that  their  children  were  covering.  Teachers  also  feel  comfortable  when  their  knowledge  of  the  different  learners  in  the  classroom  are  sought,  respected  and  built  into  the  relationships  developed  between  their  children  and  the  students.    Students  appreciated  the  feedback,  guidance  and  support  of  the  classroom  teachers.  Such  feedback  has  the  effect  of  assisting  in  the  immediate  teaching  of  the  unit,  promoting  reflection  on  that  teaching,  and  providing  a  positive  memory  of  the  school  and  the  experience.  This  opportunity  for  feedback  arises  out  of  attentiveness  to  what  the  students  are  doing  (instead  of  using  that  hour  as  time  release)  which  the  teacher  might  then  extend  later.  Finding  that  balance  between  giving  the  students  space  and  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  37  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

having  input  to  proceedings  is  needed  to  make  it  work.  Feedback  from  the  tutor  was  also  valued  by  students  in  relation  to  the  

teaching  that  was  going  on,  the  lesson  plans  that  were  being  constructed  and  generally  how  the  students  were  going.

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  38  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Vignette 2. Schools perspectives: Strategic relationships with university  

 School  involvement  in  the  program  was  initiated  through  contact  with  the  principal  by  the  university  and  the  information  passed  onto  teachers.  These  groups  generally  had  similar  ideas  about  involvement  in  the  program,  but  slightly  different  perspectives.  Both  principals  and  teachers  saw  the  value  in  working  with  the  university  to  support  pre-­‐service  teachers,  where  collaboration  emerged  as  a  powerful  experience  for  both  pre  and  in-­‐service  teachers.      

Principal perspective (Before)  Principals  tended  to  focus  on  how  the  program  fit  with  their  strategic  priorities  and  the  perception  that  teachers  needed  additional  support  in  science.    The  principals  articulated  that  a  university  supported  program  of  pre-­‐service  teachers  working  in  their  school  was  a  great  idea  and  were  keen  to  be  involved.  The  principals  surveyed  said  they  saw  the  value  of  what  science  has  to  offer  in  the  curriculum  but  they  recognised  that  often  their  teachers  lacked  confidence  with  science.  Being  involved  in  this  program  offered  a  good  opportunity  to  engage  with  science  and  in  many  cases,  science  was  also  a  strategic  curriculum  priority  for  their  school.  They  also  felt  the  program  offered  their  teachers  an  opportunity  for  professional  development  in  science  by  working  collaboratively  with  the  PSTs  as  colleagues.      Lastly,  principals  also  perceived  that  schools  were  partly  responsible  for  improving  links  with  the  university  and  contributing  to  the  professional  growth  of  PSTs  by  providing  experiential  opportunities  for  future  teachers.    

Principal perspective (After)

 Principals  often  mentioned  that  the  program  helped  to  strengthen  links  between  primary  schools  and  their  university  partners,  they  expressed  a  willingness  to  be  involved  in  future  offerings  of  the  program  as  the  closer  relationship  ultimately  improved  both  teacher  and  student  engagement  with  science.    

The  feedback  was  positive  and  many  principals  reported  increased  enthusiasm  for  science  across  the  school.  Many  remarked  that  the  partnership  met  their  expectations  with  regard  to  the  benefits  they  had  anticipated  for  their  teachers  before  the  program  started,  in  terms  of  increased  confidence  with  science  and  their  professional  development.    Principals  added  that  they  would  like  to  develop  closer  links  between  the  school  and  the  University  in  order  to  explore  more  sustainable  outcomes  by  finding  ways  for  this  experience  to  have  a  wider  impact  in  the  school.  Some  suggestions  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of  the  program  included  providing  opportunities  to  provide  feedback;  extending  the  partnership  approach  to  other  curriculum  areas;  recognising  the  program  as  mutually  beneficial;  and  coordinating  the  partnership  program  with  the  practicum  to  take  advantage  of  the  relationships  built  up  between  the  PST  and  the  class.    

Teachers’ perspective (Before):  Teachers  saw  the  value  that  science  had  to  offer  but  tended  to  focus  more  on  the  barriers  to  teaching  science  including  their  lack  of  confidence  with  the  subject.  They  clearly  saw  the  program  offered  a  good  professional  development  opportunity  that  would  also  benefit  their  students.      While  some  teachers  admitted  they  tended  to  avoid  science  due  to  a  range  of  barriers,  they  were  aware  of  the  unique  opportunity  it  could  offer  their  students  to  learn  through  inquiry  based  learning  experiences  and  observation;  to  draw  on  their  life  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  39  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

experiences;  to  use  science  processes;  to  explore  and  better  understand  how  things  work  in  the  world  around  them  and  to  provide  ideas  for  integrating  other  areas  of  the  curriculum  with  science.  The  teachers  hoped  that  through  their  involvement  in  the  program,  their  students  would  be  engaged  and  their  natural  curiosity  would  be  stimulated.  Teachers  also  were  looking  to  get  some  fresh  ideas  and  build  their  own  confidence  with  science.  The  teachers  tended  to  view  the  PSTs  as  peers  and  saw  the  program  as  a  chance  to  really  focus  on  science.  They  felt  the  program  would  help  to  overcome  the  problems  due  to  the  over-­‐crowded  curriculum  and  ensure  they  dedicated  a  period  of  time  to  science  so  it  isn't  swallowed  up  with  competing  curriculum  demands.    

Teachers’ perspective (After):  Many  teachers  were  surprised  how  effective  science  was  within  their  own  classrooms.  When  they  witnessed  the  engagement  of  their  own  students  with  science  it  had  a  very  positive  effect  on  their  own  attitudes  towards  science.  They  also  expressed  a  willingness  to  be  involved  in  the  program  in  future  and  made  suggestions  for  further  improvement.      The  teachers  were  very  supportive  of  the  program  and  willing  to  participate  in  future,  seeing  the  cooperation  with  the  university  as  a  positive  for  all.  Teachers  noticed  that  the  science  activities  really  engaged  their  students;  how  their  students  looked  forward  to  the  weekly  science  lesson  and  responded  

so  well  to  the  hands  on  nature  of  the  activities.  This  reminded  them  of  the  importance  of  including  science  in  the  teaching  program  and  caused  them  to  reflect  on  whether  they  were  doing  do  enough  science  with  their  class.  In  some  cases,  where  teachers  lacked  confidence,  watching  the  pre-­‐service  teacher  helped  them  to  realise  that  teaching  science  need  not  involve  complicated  preparation,  it  can  be  more  easy  to  implement  than  they  had  thought.  Where  teachers  were  more  confident  with  science,  they  reported  that  they  learned  some  new  science  content  and/or  it  provided  fresh  ideas  and  allowed  them  to  reflect  upon  their  own  teaching  by  observing  and  assisting  rather  than  supervising  the  PST.      The  teachers  were  very  supportive  of  the  program  and  saw  the  benefits  for  their  students,  teaching  colleagues  and  PSTs  alike.  Some  suggested  ways  in  which  the  program  could  be  improved  such  as:  including  visits  to  the  classroom  before  the  lessons  started  so  that  the  PSTs  could  get  a  better  idea  of  the  needs  of  the  class;  a  chance  to  build  a  relationship  prior  to  teaching  the  class;  and  more  time  to  de-­‐brief  after  lessons.  Teachers  new  to  the  program  suggested  better  communication  about  the  program  so  they  were  more  aware  of  their  role  and  who  they  might  contact  if  they  needed  to  clarify  something.  Where  programs  were  more  established,  the  teachers  appreciated  the  open  lines  of  communication  and  building  relationships  with  the  university  staff.

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  40  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Vignette 3. Teacher educator perspectives – Integrating educational research into

practice  

This  vignette  reflects  the  reported  reflections  of  university  tutors  working  in  school-­‐based  science  education  for  pre-­‐service  primary  teachers.    It  discusses  the  tutors’  perceptions  of  the  affordances  and  constraints  of  these  programs  with  respect  to  changes  in  pre-­‐service  teachers’  confidence  and  identity  and  their  ability  to  teach  science  aligned  with  school-­‐university  based  science  education  experienced  in  the  partnership.    

Need for improved primary science education

 The  quality  of  science  education  has  been  the  focus  of  a  number  of  research  projects  nationally  and  internationally,  including  concerns  about  primary  teachers’  lack  of  science  knowledge  and  confidence  to  teach  science.  The  practice  of  integrating  multiple  learning  domains  such  as  science  into  units  of  work  has  led  to  science’s  lack  of  prominence  in  the  curriculum,  so  pre-­‐service  teachers  may  have  little  opportunity  to  observe  or  engage  in  science  teaching  whilst  on  practicum.  School-­‐based  science  education  for  pre-­‐service  primary  teachers  has  the  potential  to  build  their  science  knowledge  and  confidence  to  teach  science.  The  Science  Teacher  Partnerships  with  Schools  (STEPS)  project  investigated  the  effectiveness  of  school-­‐based  approaches  to  pre-­‐service  primary  science  teacher  education.      

Affordances of school-based model  The  school-­‐based  experience  was  found  to  provide  pre-­‐service  teachers  with  an  authentic  engagement  with  the  teaching  of  science  while  being  supported  by  their  university  tutors.    The  PSTs  are  actually  doing  this  every  week  and  then  have  the  ability  to  reflect  on  it  before  they  go  and  do  the  next  week.  They  can  interact  with  the  university  tutor  and  the  classroom  teacher  

before  and  after  their  teaching.  Then,  in  the  reflection  afterwards,  important  connections  can  be  made.      The  school-­‐based  model  applied  to  pre-­‐service  teacher  education,  therefore,  provides  the  opportunity  to  employ  intense,  explicit  work  for  primary  children  drawing  upon  their  real  life  experiences  to  make  sense  of  the  world  around  them.  It  gives  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  a  more  realistic  view  of  what  the  science  is  and  how  to  teach  science.  It  makes  the  connection  between  the  theory  and  the  practice  so  much  more  real  and  effective.  There  are  high  levels  of  positive  feedback  for  the  school-­‐based  science  education  model  and  an  appreciation  by  school  teachers  of  the  planning,  preparation  and  flexibility  demonstrated  by  pre-­‐service  teachers.        School-­‐based  experience  has  advantages,  which  cannot  be  gained  in  the  University  environment    and  is  particularly  so  as  an  intense  focus  on  a  teaching  domain  and  small  teaching  groups  of  primary  school  children  ensure  relationships  and  rapport  are  built  over  time.    Additionally,  it  allows  the  construction  of  their  science  understandings  through  hands-­‐on  activities  and  targeted  individual  attention.  This  is  supported  by  teachers  and  teacher  educators  who  observe  and  support  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  delivering  the  unit  of  science.    The  model  provides  a  way  for  PSTs  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  41  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

to  have  a  focus  on  the  observation  and  implementation  of  theory.  This  leads  to  the  practice  and  implementation  of  theory.  Allowing  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  to  witness    the  benefit  of  what  they  have  done  in  classes  at  university.  It  is  practicing  teaching,  not  just  learning  the  theory  and  learning  about  it  in  a  classroom  at  university  with  no  context.  The  PST  can  go  out  and  do  what  they  have  been  told  about  or  advised  to  do  and  practice  it.  It  provides  an  opportunity  for  the  entwining  of  theory  and  practices  so  bridging  that  theory/practice  gap.  It  is  not  just  the  PST  learning  about  teaching  in  isolation  and  then  expecting  teaching  to  be  put  it  into  place  when  they  go  out  on  their  practicum  or  when  they  eventually  graduate.  Their  school-­‐based  experience  is  accompanied  by  an  on-­‐site  tutorial  where  theoretical  frameworks  such  as  the  5Es  are  

discussed.  Theoretical  frameworks  such  as  the  5Es  can  be  incorporated  into  an  on-­‐site  tutorial  and  this  can  then  be  supplemented  by  the  school-­‐based  experience  derived  from  the  PSTs  participation  in  the  model.  So  it  is  a  big  part  of  the  tutorials,  not  just  talking  about  the  theory  but  also  discussing  how  it  can  be  applied  and  then  practising  the  theory  straight  away.  The  model  encourages  and  supports  them  to  be  more  professional  about  what  they  are  doing  as  well  as  supporting  them.    It  is  important  to  note  that  obstacles  may  impede  the  success  of  the  model,  in  particular  issues  relating  to  timetabling  both  in  a  school  and  in  the  University  environment.  Despite  this,  the  placement  provides  pre-­‐service  teachers  with  excellent  preparation  to  move  into  teaching.  

 

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  42  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Vignette 4. The Pre-service teacher experience: Shifting, learning, valuing

 This  vignette  reflects  the  reported  outcomes  of  growth  that  pre-­‐service  teachers  experience  as  a  result  of  a  science  teaching  focus  that  arises  from  the  school-­‐university  partnership.  It  relates  to  changes  in  confidence  and  identity  aligned  with  school-­‐university  based  science  education  experienced  in  the  partnership.    

Working in school based teams for planning

 A  significant  and  notable  growth  reported  in  the  data  is  in  the  changes  to  students’  identity  and  their  teaching  practices.  This  arose  from  the  experiences  of  working  with  a  range  of  others,  peers,  mentor  teachers  and  university  staff.  The  students  experience  team  planning  and  team  teaching.  This  can  be  experienced  when  working  with  each  other,  or  with  school  based  teachers,  or  with  university  academics.  Some  PSTs  initially  expressed  concern,  even  anxiety,  just  around  the  thought  of  planning  with  others  (I  wasn't  really  quite  sure  how  I  was  going  to  go  with  team  planning,  but  I  actually  really  enjoyed  it,  ...  Everyone  was  very  supportive;  I  had  to  plan  with  other  people  ...  We  had  to  get  together  with  somebody  else  ...  and  work  out  a  comprise,  so  that  was  really  good  I  guess.).  The  'others'  includes  their  peers,  predominately,  they  seem  to  be  satisfied  and  comfortable  with  planning  discussions  with  academics  and  school  based  staff  (I  actually  worked  collaboratively  with  my  PLT.  There  were  three  other  grade  five  teachers  so  I  worked  with  them  for  the  brainstorming;  if  it  didn't  work  you  can  take  it  back  to  uni  the  next  day  or  the  next  week  and  share  and  having  that  resource  of  people).  There  are  a  variety  of  successes  reported,  and  some  failures  as  well,  as  students  managed  planning  times  (so  I  thought  we  should  have  sat  down  at  then  beginning  and  gone  'well  where  do  we  want  the  kids  to  be  at  the  end  of  the  unit'.).      

Experiences of planning over time  There  are  examples  of  enthusiastic  reporting  of  successful  teams  planning  together  (I  had  two  people  who  I  was  working  with  we're  really  good  partners  so  we  shared  a  lot  of  information  and  we  were  able  to  build  upon  each  other),  researching  science  concepts  and  resourcing  lessons  with  materials,  and  discussing  students  learning  needs.  The  planning  week  by  week,  and  following  up  on  previous  teaching,  for  some  had  not  been  a  successful,  or  team  experience,  and  for  some  had  an  infrequent  experience  (Planning  I  think  because  I'd  never  really  done  any  planning  week  to  week).  In  addition  some  were  able  to  experience  the  need  to  plan,  and  then  be  flexible  in  response  to  students  learning  needs  (you  can  see  that  it's  still  going  to  work  even  if  things  don't  go  exactly  to  plan).    Confidence from working and planning with

others  The  students  who  reported  on  successful  teamwork,  in  their  placement,  shared  collegiate  experiences  of  knowing  the  students  and  making  more  informed  decisions  together.  (I  really  liked  that  we  got  the  chance  to  meet  the  kids  and  decide  on  what  they  were  interested  in  and  go  on  from  there;  we  actually  get  to  see  it  for  ourselves).  The  regular  contact  with  schools,  and  the  regular  classrooms  experience,  contributed  to  the  confidence  and  enjoyment  levels,  because  PSTs  felt  more  confident.  Their  increased  positive  identities  were  aligned  with  the  idea  that  they  felt  that  they  knew  what  was  needed  to  be  taught  (we  got  a  feeling  of  what  they  wanted  to  know  which  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  43  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

was  really  good  felt  that  was  really  engaging  for  them).      

Confidence in teaching science  Confidence  is  a  key  element  evident  in  the  discussions  and  repeated  with  frequency  by  the  PSTs.  This  is  associated  with  team  planning  and  teaching,  as  reported  above,  but  it  is  also  associated  with  the  teaching  of  science  in  classrooms  (So  I  think  it's  opened  my  eyes  to  the  wonderful  things  that  you  can  do  through  science  and  its  made  me  feel  more  confident  approaching  it  in  a  school  setting;  and  honestly  much  more  excited  about  teaching  science.  I'm  certainly  not  hesitant  anymore  I'm  ready  to  do  it  and  I've  already  got  lots  of  ideas  yes  it  was  a  very  ...  really  positive  experience  of  science  teaching  and  learning;  I  think  without  the  amount  of  experience  that  I  had  I  wouldn't  be  able  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  students  like  I'm  able  to  now).      

Valuing teaching science  The  teaching  of  science  is  valued  for  both  the  classroom  practice  (I  was  a  little  bit,  not  hesitant,  but  a  bit  unsure  when  it  came  to  teaching  science)  and  as  a  valued  experience  that  they  could  refer  to  in  a  statement  on  their  CV  (I  go  into  teaching  I'll  know  how  to  do  it  ...  I've  delivered  a  science  unit  and  when  I  go  for  a  job  interview  I  think  confidentially  I'd  land  a  successful  science  (inaudible  -­‐  assuming  'job')  because  of  this,  this  and  this.)      

Successful class experiences teaching science

 This  change  in  confidence  is  a  major  factor  noted  by  classroom  teachers,  and  in  the  subsequent  interviews  for  this  project,  

confidence  is  oft  stated,  and  tied  to  a  successfully  supported  placement  teaching  science.  The  PSTS  have  experienced  the  positive  impact  of  science  teaching  in  classrooms,  and  how  level  engagement  and  enthusiastic  participation.    Students  explain  how  nervous  they  were  before,  but  as  a  result  of  high  levels  of  classroom  engagement,  now  declare  growth  in  confidence  levels  (I  guess  I  was  so  nervous  and  didn't  get  much  sleep  the  night  before  my  first  lesson  ...  The  kids  were  really  engaged  ...  it  was  quite  good  content  ...  So  I  guess  probably  the  confidence  was  the  biggest  thing  ...  I've  been  much  more  relaxed;  yes  absolutely  I  feel  a  lot  more  confident).        

   

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  44  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  11.  Sustainability  

 Sustaining  effective  university-­‐school  partnerships  requires  an  understanding  of  the  expectations  and  needs  of  each  participant.  Each  setting  is  complex  in  the  range  and  diversity  of  expectations  and  needs  and  the  variation  is  as  unique  as  the  individuals  involved.    Each  person  has  different  constraints  and  affordances  required  at  the  institutional  level  that  may  enable  or  constrain  elements  of  participation.  The  differing  needs  and  expectations  need  to  have  been  explicitly  shared  and  understood  to  support  the  building  of  the  relationship,  and  this  goes  some  way  to  contributing  to  sustaining  an  effective  relationship.    This  chapter  identifies  elements  that  contribute  to  success  and  underpin  the  future  sustainability  of  relationships.  When  examining  a  university-­‐school  partnership  and  how  it  is  contributing  to  the  identified  needs  of  the  different  stakeholders,  the  GUSP  can  support  the  evaluation  of  this  process:      

• The  evaluation  phase  of  the  GUSP  encourages  each  partner  to  justify  the  relevance  of  the  existing  program,  and  opportunities  for  future  improvements  (3A).    

• Review  of  the  productive  elements  and  constructive  enablers  and  impediments  of  institutional  expectations  can  be  addressed  when  focusing  on  3B.    

• The  roles  and  responsibilities  of  the  participants  will  be  the  focus  when  appraising  the  capacity  of  the  partnership  to  respond  to  present  and  future  expectations  of  members  of  the  partnership  (3C).    

• Assessing  the  range  and  types  of  interactions  between  stakeholders,  and  the  links  to  educational  research  that  arise  (such  as  linking  theory  to  practice,  reflection,  learning  theory),  provide  evidence  of  the  nature  and  quality  of  learning  occurring  within  the  partnership  (3D).    

Different  elements,  evident  in  different  actions,  and  in  different  sites  will  be  required  to  be  examined  and  evaluated  by  the  different  partners.  Sustainability  can  be  explored  through  three  questions:    

• What  is  success  and  what  does  it  look  like?  • How  is  sustainability  measured?  • What  blocks  success?  

What is success and what does it look like?

 The  success  of  the  partnership  relationship  has  significance  at  the  level  of  supporting  others  and  enabling  growth.  Ensuring  the  partnership  is  successful  requires  careful  consideration  of  a  number  of  elements  to  ensure  sustainability  is  likely.  Key  stakeholders  currently  involved  in  partnerships  or  who  desire  to  be  involved  in  partnerships  have  identified  key  elements  for  a  school-­‐university  partnership  to  be  successful.  These  elements  are:      

 Giving  Pre-­‐Service  Teachers  the  opportunity  to  teach  science  ‘There's  the  benefit  of  the  just-­‐in-­‐time  nature  of  it.  At  the  moment  when  I  teach  them,  it  eight  months,  six  months  whatever  to  when  they  make  it  into  a  classroom  (Darren:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Willingness,  Recruitment,  Enthusiasm  ‘A  willingness  to  participate.  So  you’ve  got  to  have  the  people,  so  the  lecturer  who  is  willing  and  can  then  tell  the  students  to  go  (Alexa:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Communication  ‘A  partnership  infers  that  the  partners  are  working  towards  a  common  goal    -­‐  which  in  acknowledging  and  promoting  the  teaching  and  learning  of  science  -­‐  for  PST’s  and  the  children.  This  is  achieved  by  having  clear  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  45  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

communication  with  the  principal  and  the  teachers  and  the  PST  and  tutors  about  the  obligations,  expectations  and  relationships  that  are  integral  to  the  program  (Gail:  STEPS  Project).’  

Respect,  Goodwill  ‘Respect  between  the  university,  myself  and  the  school.  So,  there’s  not  an  idea  of  a  divide,  we  are  moving  beyond  boundaries  (Ivan:  Teacher  Educator).’    ‘The  goodwill  of  the  school  is  really  important.  You  need  a  teacher  in  the  primary  school  that  understands  the  importance  of  it  and  will  invest  in  it,  so  there  is  a  little  bit  of  organisation  that  has  to  happen.  You  need  a  lecturer  at  the  university  that  understands  the  importance  of  it  too.  Someone  who  is  prepared  to  put  in  that  background  work  to  make  it  happen.  The  students  take  it  on  board  because  it  is  an  assessment  task  (Carl:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Mutual  benefit    ‘One  of  the  important  things  if  you  are  using  a  school  based  model  is  that  it  is  good  professional  development  for  the  teachers  who  are  involved  in  the  mentoring  of  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  in  the  schools  (Niall:  Teacher  Educator).’    

How is sustainability measured?  The  nature  of  a  school-­‐based  partnership  can  be  a  determinant  of  sustainability  and  all  partners  need  to  experience  benefits  and  recognise  the  value  for  all.  For  the  partnership  to  succeed  crucial,  there  needs  to  be  regular  monitoring  of  how  the  nature  of  the  partnership  responds  to  the  current  and  future  needs  of  each  partner.    Evaluation  takes  account  of  needs  and  benefits,  and  is  completed  with  trust,  reciprocity  and  respect  in  mind.  Measures  such  as  anecdotal  evidence  and  level  of  engagement  exist  to  determine  this  success  for  the  classroom  teachers  and  their  students.  For  pre-­‐service  teacher  development,  the  sustainability  of  a  

school-­‐university  partnership  is  measured  by:      

Observation  ‘(It’s)  me  being  out  there  are  watching,  I’m  looking  that  they’re  engaging  with  what’s  going  on.  With  a  group  of  two  or  three  pre-­‐service  teachers,  it’s  quite  easy  to  just  take  a  background  role.  I’m  looking  at  how  they’re  engaging,  I’m  looking  at  their  questioning,  their  confidence  in  how  they  are  engaging  and  talking  with  the  students  (Carl:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Debrief/Reflection  ‘Refection  is  a  big  part  of  what  we  are  really  talking  about,  so  I’m  looking  for  them  to  reflect  on  their  practice,  what  went  well,  what  didn’t,  how  they  are  going  to  improve  for  the  next  session  and  then  a  lot  of  the  indicators  of  how  they  are  going  some  from  the  write  up  of  the  reflection  (Carl:  Teacher  Educator).’  

 

Surveys  and  questionnaires  ‘we  have  the  pre-­‐  and  post-­‐surveys  that  they  fill  out  and  also  we've  had  focus  groups  and  teacher  educator  diaries  and  interviews.  So,  we've  used  some  of  the  information  to  assess  how  it's  going  and  in  each  case  it's  been  quite  a  positive  response  overall  (Michelle:  Teacher  Educator).’  

What blocks success?

 In  many  cases,  in  addition  to  the  elements  required  for  a  successful  school-­‐university  partnership  to  operate,  there  are  issues  and  blockers  that  impede  the  sustainability  of  a  partnership.  These  issues  are  either  able  to  be  overcome  or  simply  need  to  be  managed  as  part  of  the  monitoring  and  evaluating  the  partnership.  Common  issues  identified  are:    

Timing  issues/timetabling  ‘Time  and  resources  are  huge  restraints.  There  is  only  the  same  time  allowance  on  our  work  plans  for  engaging  in  this  unit  but  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  46  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

it  is  much  more  time  consuming  compared  to  delivering  lectures  and  tutorials.  There  are  never  enough  resources  to  support  our  students  wonderful  ideas  and  I  supplement  the  budget  every  year.  The  time  tables  of  schools  do  not  align  with  ours  and  it  is  very  difficult  to  get  blocks  of  consecutive  weeks  to  go  to  the  schools  without  losing  time  to  other  events  (Jeff  STEPS  Project).’    

Location/travel/parking  ‘I  think  the  distance  is  certainly  as  issue  we  have  such  big  numbers  of  students  so  it  might  be  difficult  to  organise  to  ensure  you  got  good  teacher  mentors.  Clearly  we  are  hoping  for  that  but  it  doesn’t  always  happen.  I  think  that’s  pretty  crucial  if  the  students  are  going  to  be  in  the  schools  for  long  periods  (Niall:  Teacher  Educator).’    ‘Transporting  of  resources  each  week  to  the  school  to  conduct  the  workshops  is  sometimes  difficult  when  transferring  a  large  amount  of  equipment  or  heavy  equipment  from  a  car  (Sandra:  STEPS  Project).’    

Communication  ‘There  is  an  imposition  on  what  the  classroom  teacher  has  planned  and  what  the  PSTs  are  doing  (Abigail:  Teacher  Educator).’      

Space  in  the  school  or  at  university  ‘One  of  the  constraints  is  this  notion  of  the  on-­‐line  students  not  participating  so  it  is  not  an  experience  that  all  the  students  in  the  MTeach  would  have  (Davina:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Workload  –  demand  on  TE/isolation/  demands  on  the  teacher    ‘I’m  the  only  one  doing  it  (Alexa:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Resourcing  –  who  pays  for  it/  who  gets  it  together/  source  it  yourself  ‘In  a  mentor  based  program  where  mentors  (scientists)  come  from  outside  of  the  university,  it  can  be  difficult  to  source  mentors  (Alexa:  Teacher  Educator).’      

Being  a  PST  supervising  teacher  ‘I  think  in  a  time  where  the  voluntary  nature  of  pre-­‐service  teacher  supervision  is  becoming  more  challenging  there  has  been  amongst  some  of  our  local  schools  less  interest  in  hosting  students  (Wanda:  Teacher  Educator).’  

Supervision  /partnering  It’s  time;  it's  schools.  I  know  some  of  the  partners  are  having  trouble  getting  into  the  school.  I  think  you  have  to  be  strategic  in  how  you  approach  the  school  (Lorelle:  Teacher  Educator).’    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  47  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Chapter  12.  Conclusion  

 This  project  responded  to  significant  and  growing  critique  of  the  quality  of  teacher  education,  which  has  recently  intimated  a  shift  from  predominantly  university-­‐based  teacher  education  programs  toward  one  more  reliant  on  schools  (TEMAG,  2014,  2015).  The  premise  of  the  university-­‐school  partnerships  represented  in  this  document  is  twofold:  1)  the  teacher  educator’s  role  of  directing  the  shape  of  pre-­‐service  teachers’  (PSTs’)  experiences  and  teaching  PSTs  to  reflect  on  their  experiences  is  essential,  and  2)  school-­‐based  teaching  experiences  are  essential  for  the  development  of  PSTs’  professional  identity  and  practice,  and  not  just  in  the  traditional  formal  practicum  arrangements.      While  schools  play  an  essential  role  in  initial  teacher  education,  the  expertise  provided  by  university  teacher  educators  is  needed  to  foster  PST  development.  This  has  been  recognised  in  other  studies  (e.g.  Brandenburg,  2004;  Jones,  2010;  Loughran,  2002)  where  the  role  of  the  teacher  educator  has  also  been  viewed  as  essential  in  helping  pre-­‐service  teachers  notice  important  elements  of  teaching  and  learning  experiences  and  subsequently,  learn  to  articulate  aspects  of  their  own  and  others’  praxis;  what  Loughran  (2002)  phrased  as  ‘making  the  tacit,  explicit,  meaningful  and  useful’  (p.  38).  Partnerships  that  maintain  professional  integrity  and  recognise  the  essential  roles  of  both  universities  and  schools  are  needed  to  enhance  learning  and  raise  PSTs’  awareness  of  the  value  of  teaching  marginalised  subjects  in  primary  schools,  such  as  science.    School-­‐based  partnerships  specific  to  science  teacher  education  are  critical  in  providing  these  opportunities  due  to  the  low  levels  of  quality  and  time  spent  on  science  in  primary  schools,  as  discussed  earlier.    These  impediments  limit  PSTs’  ability  to  observe  

the  teaching  of  science  and  to  practice  it  themselves  during  a  standard  practicum.    A  science-­‐dedicated  school-­‐based  experience  helps  to  overcome  this  issue,  especially  where  the  teacher  educator  plays  an  active  role  in  supporting  PST  learning.    The  partnership  practices  of  five  universities  represented  in  the  STEPS  project  were  initiated  to  deal  with  the  reported  low  confidence  of  PSTs  in  relation  to  science  (Howitt,  2007).  Each  university  developed  their  partnerships  independently;  however,  central  to  all  was  a  desire  to  provide  experiences  that  might  disrupt  students’  negative  perceptions  of  science  and  to  foster  at  least  ‘provisional  identities’  (Ibarra,  1999)  in  relation  to  science  where  they  can  begin  to  see  themselves  as  being  able  to  teach  science.  To  achieve  this,  teacher  educators  work  with  schools  to  provide  time  and  space  for  PSTs  to  interact  with  children  over  some  weeks.    Partnerships  are  only  valuable  if  they  have  impact.  The  intended  impact  depends  on  the  need  and  rationale,  and  what  each  partner  is  willing  to  contribute.  Developing  successful  university-­‐school  partnerships  involves  appreciating  that  it  is  a  process  requiring  ongoing  attention  to  the  changing  needs  and  institutional  requirements,  where  the  relationships  involve  a  degree  of  risk  taking  and  trust,  reciprocity  and  mutuality,  respect,  adaptability  and  responsiveness.  There  are  a  diversity  of  approaches  and  types  of  partnerships,  depending  on  the  degree  of  embeddedness  desired;  they  can  be  Connective,  Generative,  or  Transformative.  Each  serves  a  purpose,  and  may  be  short  term  or  long  term.  

 Flexibility of the STEPS Interpretive

Framework While  the  Interpretive  Framework  is  currently  explicitly  written  for  partnerships  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  48  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

in  science  education  (especially  the  Guiding  Pedagogical  Principles),  the  four-­‐part  framework  is  adaptable  to  other  educative  partnership  contexts.  The  STEPS  resources  have  been  designed  to  be  applicable  to  a  variety  of  institutions  in  and  beyond  Australia.    The  Interpretive  Framework  have  applications  beyond  the  STEPS  Project  as  a  tool  for  assisting  interested  parties  to  negotiate,  maintain  and/or  evaluate  projects.  In  particular,  any  partnership  that  is  based  on  an  educative  process  can  benefit.        In  2015  the  Interpretive  Framework  will  be  applied  to  a  project  in  the  Geelong  region  called  “Skilling  the  Bay”  (Deakin  University,  2015-­‐2017,  managed  by  The  Gordon  

Institution,  DEECD  funded)  where  partnerships  between  universities,  secondary  schools  and  industry  partners  will  be  work  together  for  curriculum  renewal.  Collaboration  with  Deakin’s  Faculty  of  Science,  Engineering  and  the  Built  Environment  is  required.  The  STEPS  Tools  (PNT,  PMT  and  PET)  were  initially  constructed  to  support  the  negotiations  in  this  project  by  way  of  trialling  the  STEPS  Interpretive  Framework.    Further  opportunities  are  available  as  the  STEPS  Project  team  embarks  on  a  new  research  agenda  focused  on  applying  the  Interpretive  Framework  to  new  disciplines  and  contexts.  

     

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  49  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 References  

   Argyris,  C.  and  Schön  (1996).  Organisational  learning  II:  Theory,  method  and  practice.  Asia  

Pacific  Journal  of  Human  Resources,  36(1),  207-­‐109.  Australian  Academy  of  Science  (AAS)  2014.  Primary  Connections.  Canberra:  AAS.    Bandura,  A.  (1977).  Self-­‐efficacy:  Toward  a  unifying  theory  of  behavioural  change.  Psychological  

Review,  84(2),  191-­‐215.  Brandenburg,  R.  (2004).  Round  table  reflections:  (Re)defining  the  role  of  the  teacher  educator  

and  the  preservice  teacher  as  ‘co-­‐learners’.  Australian  Journal  of  Education,  48(2):  166-­‐181.  

Bybee,  R.W.  (1989).  Science  and  Technology  Education  for  the  Elementary  Years:  Frameworks  for  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  Washington,  DC:  The  National  Centre  for  Improving  Instruction.  

Campbell,  C.  (2006).  Innovative  Science  Education  Assessment  –  linking  theory  with  practice.  Conference  Proceedings  for  the  International  Conference  on  Science  and  Mathematics  Education  (CoSMED),  Penang,  Malaysia  

Chief  Scientist  (2013).  STEM:  Country  Comparison:  Recommendations.  Canberra:  Australian  Government.  

Chubb,  I.  (2013).  Science,  Technology,  Engineering  and  Mathematics  in  the  National  Interest:  A  strategic  approach:  A  Position  Paper.  Canberra:  Commonwealth  of  Australia.  

Darling-­‐Hammond,  L.  (2000).  How  teacher  education  matters.  Journal  of  Teacher  Education  51(3),  166-­‐173.  

Darling-­‐Hammond,  L.  (2006).  Constructing  21st  century  teacher  education.  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  57(3),  300-­‐314.  

Dobson,  I.  (2003).  Science  at  the  crossroads?  A  study  of  trends  in  university  science  from  Dawkins  to  now  1989-­‐2002,  Centre  for  Population  and  Urban  Research,  Monash  University.  A  study  commissioned  by  the  Australian  Council  of  Deans  of  Science.  

Department  of  Education,  Science  and  Training  (DEST).    (2003).  Australia's  teachers:  Australia's  future  -­‐  advancing  innovation,  science,  technology  and  mathematics.  Canberra,  ACT,  Australian  Government  Department  of  Education,  Science  and  Training:  7  

Dewey,  J.  (1938).  Experience  and  education.  New  york:  Berley.  Goddard,  R.D.  (2003).  The  impact  of  schools  on  teacher  beliefs,  influence,  and  student  achievement:  

The  role  of  collective  efficacy.  In  J.  Raths  &  A.  McAninch  (Eds.),  Advances  in  teacher  education  (Vol.  6)  (pp.  183-­‐204).  Westport,  CT:  Information  Age  Publishing.Goodrum,  Hackling  and  Rennie  (2003).  

Helms,  J.  (1998).  Science-­‐and  me:  Subject  matter  and  identity  in  secondary  school  science  teacher.  IJournal  of  Research  in  Science  Teaching,  35(7),  811-­‐834.  

Hinton,  T.,  Gannaway,  D.,  Berry,  B.,  &  Moore,  K.  (2011).  The  D-­‐Cubed  Guide:  Planning  for  Effective  Dissemination.  Sydney:  Australian  Teaching  and  Learning  Council.  Available:    http://www.olt.gov.au/dissemination  

Hobbs,  L.  (2012).  Examining  the  aesthetic  dimensions  of  teaching:  Relationships  between  teacher  knowledge,  identity  and  passion.  Teaching  and  Teacher  Education,  28,  718-­‐727.  

House  of  Representatives  Standing  Committee  on  Education  and  Vocational  Training  (2007).  Top  of  the  class.  Report  on  the  inquiry  into  teacher  education.  House  of  Representatives  Standing  Committee  on  Education  and  Vocational  Training.  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  50  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Howitt,  C.  (2007).  Pre-­‐Service  Elementary  Teachers’  Perceptions  of  Factors  in  an  Holistic  Methods  Course  Influencing  their  Confidence  in  Teaching  Science.  Research  in  Science  Education,  37(1),  41-­‐58.  

Ibarra,  H.  (1999).  Provisional  selves:  Experimenting  with  image  and  identity  in  professional  adaptation.  Administrative  Science  Quarterly,  44,  764-­‐791.  

Jones,  M.  (2008).  Collaborative  Partnerships  :  A  Model  for  Science  Teacher  Education  and  Professional  Development.  Australian  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  33(3).  

Jones,  M.  (2010).  Collaborative  partnerships:  A  model  of  professional  learning  in  primary  science  for  practicing  and  preservice  teacher  (Doctoral  thesis).    Australian  Catholic  University,  Melbourne.  Retrieved  from  http://dlibrary.acu.edu.au/digitaltheses/public/adt-­‐acuvp299.29062011/  

Jones,  M.  and  Carter  (2007).Kenny,  J.  (2010).  Preparing  primary  teachers  to  teach  primary  science:  a  partnership  based  approach.  International  Journal  of  Science  Education,  32  (10),  1267-­‐1288.  

Kenny,  J.    (2012),  University-­‐school  partnerships:  Pre-­‐service  and  in-­‐service  teachers  working  together  to  teach  primary  science,  Australian  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  37(3),  Article  6.  

Kenny,  J.,  Hobbs,  L.,  Jones,  M.,  Chittleborough,  G.,  Campbell,  C.,  Gilbert,  A.,  Redman,  C.,  and  Herbert,  S.  (2014).  Science  Teacher  Partnerships  with  Schools  (STEPS):  Project-­‐Partnerships  in  science  teacher  education.  Australian  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  39(12),  43-­‐65.  

Keys,  P.  (2005).  Are  teachers  walking  the  walk  or  just  talking  the  talk  in  science  education?  Teachers  and  Teaching:  Theory  and  practice,  11(5),  499-­‐516.  

Korthagen,  F.,  Loughran,  J.,  &  Russell,  T.  (2006).  Developing  fundamental  principles  for  teacher  education  programs  and  practices.  Teaching  and  Teacher  Education,  22,  1020-­‐1041.  

Kruger,  T.,  Davies,  A.,  Eckersley,  B.,  Newell,  F.,  &  Cherednichenko,  B.  (2009).  Effective  and  Sustainable  University-­‐School  Partnerships:  Beyond  determined  efforts  by  inspired  individuals.  Canberra:  AITSL.  

Loughran,  J.  (2002).  Effective  reflective  practice:  in  search  of  meaning  in  learning  about  teaching.  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  53(1),  33-­‐43.  

Loughran,   J.   (2006).   Developing   a   pedagogy   of   teacher   education:   Understanding   teaching   and  learning  about  teaching.  New  York:  Routledge.  

Marginson,   S.,   Tytler,   R.,   Freeman,   B.,   &   Roberts,   K.   (2013).     STEM:   Country   comparisons:  International   comparisons  of   science,   technology,  engineering  and  mathematics   (STEM)  education.  Final  report.  Australian  Council  of  Learned  Academies,  Melbourne,  Vic.    

McNamara,  S.,   Jones,  M.,  &  McLean,  K.   (2007).  Stories   in   ICT  professional  development:  Report  from   the   Victoria   project.   In   C.   Reading   (Ed.),   Partnerships   in   ICT   learning   study:   Case  studies  (pp.  139-­‐158).  Canberra:  Department  of  Science,  Education  and  Training.

Murphy,  C.,  Beggs,  J.  Carlisle,  K.,  &  Greenwood,  J.  (2004).  Students  as  ‘catalysts’  in  the  classroom:  The  impact  of  co-­‐teaching  between  science  student  teachers  and  primary  classroom  teachers  on  children’s  enjoyment  and  learning  of  science.  International  Journal  of  Science  Education,  26(8),  1023-­‐1035.  

Parliament  of  Victoria,  Education  and  Training  Committee,  (2005).    Step  up,  step  in,  step  out.    Report  on  the  suitability  of  pre-­‐service  teacher  training  in  Victoria.    Melbourne:  Victorian  Government  Printer.  

Peterson,  J.  E.  &  Treagust,  D.F.  (2014)  School  and  University  partnerships:  The  role  of  teacher  education  institutions  and  primary  schools  in  the  development  of  preservice  teachers’  science  teaching  efficacy.  Australian  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  39(9),  http://dx.doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2014v39n9.2    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  51  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Rossner,  P.  and  Commins,  D.  (2012).  Defining  enduring  partnerships:  Can  a  wellworn  path  ne  an  effective,  sustainable  and  mutually  beneficial  relationship?  Brisbane:  Queensland  College  of  Teachers.  

School  centres  for  teaching  excellence  http://www.education.vic.gov.au/about/programs/partnerships/Pages/partnernationalsteach.aspx  http://www.education.vic.gov.au/Documents/about/programs/partnerships/schoolcentresteachexcelfactsheet.pdf  

Speldewinde,  C.A.  (2014).  STEPS  (Science  Teacher  Education  Partnerships  with  Schools):  Annotated  Bibliography.  Geelong  VIC:  Deakin.  Available:  http://www.stepsproject.org.au  

Stake,  R.  (2006).  Multiple  case  study  analysis.    New  York:  The  Guilford  Press.  Teacher  Education  Ministerial  Advisory  Group  (TEMAG)  (2014).  Teacher  Education  Ministerial  

Advisory  Group  Issues  Paper.  Canberra:  Australian  Government.  Teacher  Education  Ministerial  Advisory  Group  (TEMAG)  (2014).  Action  now:  Classroom  ready  teacher.  

Canberra:  Australian  Government.  Tytler,  R.  (2007).  Re-­‐imagining  science  education:  engaging  students  in  science  for  Australia's  future:  

Australian  Education  Review  51,  Australian  Council  for  Educational  Research.  Tytler,  R.,  Osbourne,  J.,  Williams,  G.,  Tytler,  K.,  Cripps  Clark,  J.  (2008)  Opening  up  pathways:  

Engagements  in  STEM  across  the  Primary-­‐Secondary  school  transition.  Canberra:  DEEWR.Ure,  C.,  Gough,  A.,  and  Newton  (2009).  

Van  Manen,  J.  (1990).  Researching  lived  experience:  Human  science  for  an  action  sensitive  pedagogy.  London:  The  Althouse  Press.  

White,  S,  New  research  into  the  work  and  role  of  Teacher  Educators  in  School-­‐University  -­‐  community  partnerships  School  Centres  of  Teaching  excellence    (SCTA)  symposium  session  one  http://www.education.vic.gov.au/about/programs/partnerships/Pages/partnernationalsteach.aspx    accessed    on  January  7,  2014  

Yin,  R.  (2009).  Case  study  research:  Design  and  methods  (4th  Ed.).  Thousand  Oaks,  CA:  Sage  Publications.  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  52  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Appendix  1.  Growing  University-­‐Schools  Partnerships  (GUSP)  Narratives    

Narrative   Data    GUSP  1A  (Initiation-­‐  Aims  &  Rationale)    Principals  saw  a  strategic  advantage  for  their  schools  from  their  involvement  in  the  science  program.    Teachers  understood  the  value  that  science  offers  to  enrich  the  curriculum.  

 George  (Principal  –  UTAS)  We  would  hope  that  an  increase  interest  in  science  results.    In  the  case  of  the  individual  teacher  –  an  increased  confidence  in  teaching  science  in  her  class.      Charles  (Principal  –  UTAS)  Science  is  a  priority  in  2007.  Science  enables  us  to  teach  inquiry  thinking.  Science  is  a  way  to  lead  boys  into  literacy    Prue  (Teacher  –  UTAS)  Science  can  offer  hands-­‐on  experiences  for  children.  It  enables  engagement  and  caters  for  a  wide  range  of  preferred  learning  styles.  Literacy  and  numeracy  can  also  be  taught  through  science.    

 GUSP1B  (Initiation-­‐  Institutional  requirements)    In  setting  up  any  program,  there  will  be  a  range  of  requirements  that  affect  the  nature  of  what  can  be  set  up.  For  example,  for  the  university  the  program  might  be  embedded  within  core  units/  courses  (RMIT,  Deakin,  ACU  models),  elective  units  (UTAS)  or  clinical  arrangements  (Melb  Uni).    Working  within  the  given  constraints  for  all  parties,  requires  negotiation  and  some  compromises.        

Christine  (STEPS  project  team  –  Uni  Melb)  The  Teacher  fellow  and  the  Clinical  Specialist  seek  to  find  a  class  teacher  who  can  be  a  Mentor  teacher  and  who  is  teaching  science  in  their  class  planner  in  term  one  and  two.  This  is  difficult  because  schools  tend  to  design  for  a  term  focus  and  our  university  semester  cuts  across  two  terms.  Our  Teacher  Candidates  are  finishing  their  teaching  before  the  end  of  term  two.  This  has  created  issues  for  our  Teacher  Candidates  and  why  sometimes  the  Mentor  teacher  will  provide  a  small  group  of  students  to  the  Teacher  Candidate.    Jeff  (STEPS  project  team  –  RMIT)  The  partnership  component  of  the  school-­‐based  arrangement  increased  in  importance  and  was  more  deliberately  and  carefully  incorporated  into  planning  and  implementation  of  the  unit.  My  own  interest  and  rationale  for  the  unit  definitely  moved  from  a  predominantly  PST  focus  to  be  more  considerate  of  the  partnership  element  and  the  outcomes  for  the  school  partners  alongside  the  outcomes  for  RMIT  and  its  students.  The  significance  of  the  partner  schools’  requirements  meant  that  each  iteration  of  the  unit  was  slightly  different  and  was  adapted  to  accommodate  particular  school  conditions.  

 GUSP  1C/2C  (Initiation-­‐  Relationships)  The  importance  in  planning  the  partnership  arrangement  and  clearly  discussing  the  needs  of  each  partner  in  the  beginning  sets  the  stage  for  constructing  an  equal  relationship.  

Christine  (Teacher  –  RMIT)  ‘I  think  good  communication  and  the  opportunity  to  talk  about  it  first,  to  say  okay.      I  think  there  has  to  be  something  in  it  for  both    of  us.’    Leanne  (Principal  –  RMIT)  ‘It’s  like  an  equal  relationship’  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  53  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

Furthermore,  this  builds  the  foundation  of  trust  needed  as  university  and  primary  school  staff  work  together  in  the  classroom.      

 

 GUSP  1D  (Initiation-­‐  Nature  of  Learning)    All  parties  need  to  be  aware  of  the  learning  they  hope  will  result  from  their  involvement.    At  the  outset,  some  teachers  were  aware  of  the  need  to  do  science,  but  were  unsure  how  to  go  about  it.  The  program  gave  them  an  avenue  to  include  science.    PSTs  had  encountered  the  theory,  but  the  classroom  experience  gave  them  an  opportunity  to  apply  it  and  reflect  on  what  happened.    

 Billie  (Teacher  –  UTAS)  There  are  lots  of  clever  experiments  out  there  however  I  lack  the  understanding  to  be  able  to  quickly  relate  these  to  real  life  situations  and  concepts.    Yvonne  (PST  reflection  –  UTAS)  Effective  teacher  questioning  is  mindful  of  the  purpose  and  the  context.  This  is  something  that  I  discovered  to  be  important  in  my  lesson  today.  Through  reading  the  literature  I  have  learnt  that  you  should  make  sure  that  you  allow  adequate  thinking  time  for  high-­‐order  questions,  you  should  always  attempt  to  respond  positively  and  constructively  to  an  answer,  should  use  questions  to  challenge,  extend  thinking  and  raise  curiosity,  and  you  should  plan  questions  before  the  lesson.  I  did  plan  the  question  before  the  lesson  and  had  thought  about  the  fact  that  some  students  may  not  understand  the  word  ‘justify’  and  so  I  was  prepared  for  this  situation.  Through  reflection  I  have  come  to  realise  the  importance  and  place  of  questioning  in  the  classroom.      Pearl  (PST  reflection  –  UTAS)  Formative  assessment  should  highlight  the  student’s  weaknesses  and  strengths,  this  feedback  has  the  ability  to  both  motivate  and  direct  students’  future  learning  (Earl,  2003).    This  feedback  is  designed  to  improve  the  students  learning  and  to  allow  the  teacher  to  analyse  the  students  learning  and  in  doing  so  find  any  concept  areas  that  need  further  reinforcement  (Wiliam,  2005).    With  this  in  mind  I  have  given  the  students  reasonably  detailed  feedback  that  explicitly  points  out  the  parts  of  their  science  journal  that  have  been  completed  successfully,  the  parts  that  need  some  improvement  and  how  this  improvement  can  be  achieved.      

 GUSP  1E  (Initiation-­‐  Commitment  to  Action)    After  the  initial  discussion,  the  program  moves  into  action  mode  and  all  participants  should  be  clear  on  their  role  and  have  input  to  the  plan.    In  this  case  the  science  educator  organised  an  information  session  where  teachers  came  to  the  university  were  briefed  on  the  program  and  met  their  

 Roy  (PST  –  UTAS)  After  speaking  to  Ceri  (colleague  teacher)  I  noticed  that  we  were  on  the  same  level.    That  she  wasn’t  exactly  sure  how  we  were  going  to  implement  this  topic  in  her  classroom.    I  noticed  that  there  were  17  boys  and  6  girls  in  the  classroom,  this  I  would  have  to  keep  in  mind  if  organising  any  groups.    I  felt  relieved  that  we  were  both  starting  a  project  from  scratch,  as  I  was  used  to  working  with  teachers  who  had  already  implemented  class  lessons  that  they  knew  worked.    This  turned  out  to  be  a  valuable  planning  session  were  for  two  hours  I  felt  that  I  was  actively  contributing  ideas  that  were  being  taken  seriously    and  listened  to  by  a  colleague  teacher.      I  am  starting  to  feel  at  this  point  that  I  am  taken  seriously  as  a  teaching  practitioner.    Now  that  Jennifer  and  I  have  a  bare  skeleton  of  a  framework  to  work  off,  I  just  need  to  add  the  meat  to  give  it  more  form.    I  feel  that  Jennifer  is  taking  this  project  seriously  and  her  professional  attitude  towards  me  reflects  this  as  I  feel  that  I  am  seen  as  an  equal,  a  colleague,  not  as  just  a  university  student.        

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  54  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

PSTs  for  the  first  time.    This  was  supported  by  the  education  department  who  provided  time  release  for  the  teachers  to  attend.    PSTs  kept  journals  to  record  and  reflect  on  their  experiences.    

Prior  to  meeting  my  colleague  teacher  I  was  nervous  and  concerned  about  how  she  world  perceive  me.    I  took  a  proactive  course  of  action  to  demonstrate  my  professionalism  by  coming  to  the  meeting  prepared  with  a  concept  for  exploration  and  an  outline  for  the  six  lesson  sequence.    I  also  prepared  questions  about  her  teaching  career,  level  of  confidence  with  teaching  science  and  about  the  learners  in  her  classroom.    I  genuinely  think  that  she  appreciated  this  approach.,  therefore,  I  will  continue  to  take  a  proactive  approach  to  our  working  relationship.        Karen  (PST  –  UTAS)  I  explained  that  I  had  begun  planning  in  advance  but  that  I  would  be  prepared  to  alter  these  plans  if  she  was  committed  to  a  different  concept.    Billie  (colleague  teacher)  said  that  she  had  considered  looking  at  ecosystems  but  she  encouraged  me  to  share  my  planning  and  ideas.    She  liked  my  ideas  and,  she  was  happy  to  run  with  them.    She  also  offered  some  ideas  for  a  second  lesson  within  the  explore  phase  of  my  sequence.    We  also  consulted  my  lecturer  about  ideas  for  this  session.      

 GUSP  2A  (Implementation-­‐  Aims  and  Rationale)  The  needs  of  the  schools,  universities  and  pre-­‐service  teachers  should  be  catered  for  in  the  implementation  of  the  program  e.g.  the  close  working  relationship  between  schools  and  Melbourne  University  require  universities  to  be  aware  of  the  needs  of  the  school;  and  for  schools  to  be  aware  of  the  rationale  of  the  science  program.  When  there  is  mutual  understanding,  pre-­‐service  teachers  are  able  to  move  between  university  and  school  seamlessly.  

Miranda  (Coordinator  –  Uni  Melb)    “…we’re  working  collaboratively  and  we’re  working  in  a  model  that  isn’t  just  about  our  students  saying  this  is  what  we  need,  this  is  what  we  want,  this  is  what  the  university  says  we  have  to  do,  it’s  all  for  us,  me,  me,  me,  it’s  about  giving  back  to  the  school  as  well.      So  it  should  be  that  it’s  this  mutually  beneficial  model  which  again  prepares  our  teachers,  it’s  not  just  about  me  in  my  classroom  it’s  about  the  broader  school  community  and  giving  back…”    Danielle  (Teacher  –  Uni  Melb)  “I  think  other  teachers  are  always  willing  to  give  support  and  people  know  that  they  can  ask,  or  how  would  you  approach  doing  a  particular  science  activity  or  people  know  at  the  start  of  the  year  where  they’re  told  where  all  the  science  equipment  is  kept,  materials  and  that  sort  of  thing  “They’ve  been  able  to  talk  with  staff,  we’ve  always  had  a  session  where  they  started  with  the  Melbourne  Uni  staff  for  their  discussion  at  first...”    Jane  (Teacher  –  Uni  Melb)  “Well  I’ve  had  groups  of  the  (pre-­‐service)  students  in  my  classroom  over  the  years  and  they  would  come  in  third  term  for  six  weeks  and  I  loved  them  coming  because  they  knew  what  they  were  teaching,  they  had  been  taught,  they  had  learnt,  they  knew  their  subject  matter”  

 GUSP  2B  (Implementation-­‐  Institutional  Requirements)    The  demands  placed  on  student-­‐teachers  provided  the  impetus  for  them  to  work  together  in  a  professional  manner.  The  challenges  associated  with  both  curricular  design  and  enacting  the  curriculum  unit  in  schools  was  beyond  the  capability  of  

Joanne  (PST  –  RMIT)  ‘I  think  that  in  order  to  deliver  something  like  we  did  in  such  a  short  space  of  time  we  really  needed  that  collaboration…Yeah  I  wasn’t  really  quite  sure  how  I  was  going  to  go  with  the  team  teaching  but  I  actually  really  enjoyed  it,  there  wasn’t  any  negative,  everyone  was  very  supportive  yeah  it  was  really  good.’    Matthew  (Teacher  –  RMIT)  ‘They  were  great  by  the  end  they  all  learnt  off  each  other  and  worked  as  a  team.      That’s  what’s  good  about  the  program  too  is  that  it  shows  our  students  down  here  that  it’s  important  to  work  as  a  team  right  through  the  line.      Even  though  you’re  teaching  science  so  many  other  concepts  and  values  have  been  taught  at  the  same  time  which  is  really  important  and  so  to  see  them  working  as  a  group  makes  it  easier  for  our  students  to  go  off  and  continue  work  as  a  group’  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  55  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

even  our  best  student  teachers,  if  attempted  alone.  However,  the  team  atmosphere,  coupled  with  mentor  and  university  staff  support  provides  the  opportunities  for  success.      

 Jason  (Teacher  –  RMIT)  ‘Maybe  there’s  that  team  environment  that  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  create.      Maybe  there’s  a  sense  of  almost  a  safety  net  for  them  so  that  helps  them  with  the  way  that  they  conduct  their  lesson  I  would  say  as  opposed  to  being  isolated  on  your  own.’  

GUSP  2C  (Implementation-­‐  Relationships)    Teachers  appreciate  the  forward  planning  and  managerial  skills  of  the  academic  ensuring  that  aspects  of  the  placement  have  been  discussed  and  considered.  The  academic  has  communicated  with  teachers  and  identified  resources,  and  begun  to  identify  students  learning  needs.  Students  appreciate  the  preparation  and  the  on-­‐going  support  during  the  placement.  

Sally  (Teacher  –  ACU)  “So  at  the  school’s  end  they’ve  got  to  be  committed,  they’ve  got  at  least  acknowledge  it  and  want  to  do  it.  From  the  University  end  the  university  has  to  put  in  place  or  has  to  have  in  place  the  administrative  support  which  I’m  not  sure  is  there.  The  Lecturer  has  got  to  know  what  they’re  doing  and  I  have  no  doubt  Mellita  knows  exactly  what  she’s  doing.”          Lauren  (Teacher  –  ACU)  “As  I  say  we  had  a  group  of  four  so  that  was  good  and  we  had  Mellita  come  out  and  she  watched  what  was  going  on  and  checked  up  on  us  and  we  knew  we  had  her  support  the  whole  way  through  so  that  was  really  good.  The  school  that  we  were  partnered  with  was  fantastic  and  they  were  really  obviously  very  encouraging  of  pre-­‐service  teachers  and  that  relationship  with  us,  they  were  really  helpful  in  themselves.  So  it  was  a  really  positive  partnership”    

 GUSP  2D  (Implementation-­‐  Nature  and  Quality  of  learning)    Staff  and  pre-­‐service  teachers  spent  considerable  time  researching  and  planning  inquiry  approaches  in  content  areas  assigned  by  partner  schools.  This  led  to  productive  classroom  approaches  where  veteran  teachers  also  found  they  were  learning  both  content  and  pedagogy.    The  enthusiasm  of  the  student  teachers  and  their  ability  to  spend  considerable  time  thinking  about  and  developing  classroom  ideas  afforded  them  the  confidence  to  try  difficult  approaches  that  they  may  not  have  attempted  on  their  own.      The  science  educator  was  able  to  provide  

 Sam  (Teacher  –  RMIT)  ‘I  try  to  get  activities  which  can  be  sort  of  hands  on.  The  one  area  that  myself  am  not  too  keen  on  is  Physics  so  when  it  comes  to  Biology  or  Chemistry  I’m  fine.  So  the  Physics  aspect  I  really  need  to  do  a  lot  of  work  myself  like  Force  and  Energy  and  Levers  and  Pulleys,  it’s  not  my  forte.  This  year  your  students  did  that  with  my  lot  and  it  was  fantastic,  I  learnt  as  well,  so  that  was  really  good  as  well.’    James  (Teacher  –  RMIT)  'Our  students  the  enthusiasm  and  the  input  from  numerous  minds  into  a  single  lesson  creates  a  very  productive  dynamic  experience  for  the  children.’    Joanne  (PST  –  RMIT)  ‘So  I  think  we  really  tried  to  maximise  the  use  of  each  other  because  we  did  things  that  no  teacher  on  their  own  would  be  able  to  do,  we  were  able  to  do  so  much  more  as  a  team"      Jason  (Teacher  –  RMIT)  ‘For  me  I  guess  it  reiterated  the  fact  that  they  do  love  their  hands  on  activities  and  that  they  do  like  to  work  in  groups  as  well.      They  were  grouped  for  a  lot  of  the  activities  I  don’t  necessarily  do  that  a  lot  my  kids  crave  for  that  so  it’s  something  I  need  to  change  as  a  teacher  as  well’    Ester  (Teacher  –  RMIT)  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  56  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

pedagogical  support  and  the  PSTs  were  able  to  discuss  aspects  of  the  learning  with  their  colleague  teacher.  

‘Exactly  just  even  like  classroom  management  techniques  and  ways  of  presenting  information.      I  probably  wouldn’t  have  thought  to  do  those  energy  chains  I  would  probably  have  done  it  a  little  bit  differently.’    Roy  (PST  –  UTAS)      (My  science  educator  suggested)  a  hands  on  activity  to  explain  habitats  so  that  students  could  understand  the  idea  of  pond  habitats  more  easily.    I  was  troubled  as  to  how  I  would  be  able  to  do  this  without  access  to  a  pond  nearby.    A  few  activities  were  offered  as  a  solution,  one  of  which  involved  doing  a  bug  survey  as  to  how  many  bugs  lived  in  a  particular  area  of  the  play  ground.    Even  though  this  was  not  a  pond  exercise,  it  still  highlighted  that  bugs  lived  in  different  areas  of  the  playground,  and  that  different  habitats  where  made  up  of  different  insects.      I  reflected  on  my  last  lesson  and  looked  over  what  I  needed  to  do  so  that  I  wouldn’t  lose  the  class  during  my  activities.    I  planned  to  face  my  class  equipped  with  work  sheets  that  had  clearly  spelt  out  what  I  required  my  students  to  do  for  the  day.      Mallory  (PST  –  UTAS)  I  decided  that  for  this  lesson  I  would  put  all  the  items  the  students  need  for  the  investigation  in  a  kit  and  place  it  under  their  table  groups.  I  thought  this  way  they  would  not  notice  it  and  I  would  save  time  and  most  of  all  it  would  not  be  as  distracting  as  placing  it  on  their  desks.  But  I  was  wrong  because  the  minute  the  students  walked  into  the  class  from  lunch  the  first  thing  they  noticed  was  the  kits!  So  they  did  get  distracted  and  they  did  open  the  kits  and  got  all  the  materials  out  which  I  did  not  want  to  happen.  I  asked  Clarissa  (colleague  teacher)  how  she  would  have  handled  the  materials  and  she  said  the  best  thing  would  have  been  to  hand  them  one  at  a  time.  This  makes  sense  because  after  investigating  each  item  I  could  have  collected  it  and  gave  the  next  item  and  this  way  they  would  not  have  all  the  materials  on  their  desks  to  distract  them.  This  would  have  also  prevented  me  from  repeating  myself  and  asking  them  to  stop  playing  with  the  materials  so  many  times.  

 GUSP  2D  (Implementation-­‐  Nature  and  Quality  of  Learning)    An  interesting  aspect  of  the  partnership  was  that  veteran  teachers  were  asked  to  observe  and  provide  feedback  to  student  teachers.  An  unintended  consequence  of  this  task  was  that  it  provided  those  veteran  teachers  with  an  opportunity  to  reflect  on  their  practice.  Often  they  saw  their  students’  positive  reactions  to  inquiry-­‐based  pedagogy  and  high  levels  of  engagement.  In  turn,  teachers  reflected  on  their  desires  for  wanting  to  add  more  of  those  elements  into  their  own  classroom  practices.  

   Stephanie  (Teacher  –  RMIT)  ‘I  was  really  pleased  with  their  level  of  engagement  with  the  kids  that  they’d  got  to  know  their  names  pretty  quickly  because  they  were  only  here  for  four  or  five  sessions  and  they  knew  their  names.      They  worked  well  with  the  kids,  they  were  organised,  they  had  really  exciting  things  for  the  kids  to  do,  stuff  that  I’d  never  done  before  because  we  don’t  really  have  the  access  to  the  chemicals  and  stuff  to  be  able  to  do  like  all  that  foamy  stuff,  that  was  good,  I  enjoyed  that  and  the  kids  loved  it  they  were  really  engaged  with  it.’      

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  57  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 

GUSP  3A  (Evaluation-­‐  Aims  and  Rationale)  Every  year  there  needs  to  be  evaluation  of  the  program.  Is  it  meeting  the  needs  of  the  universities,  schools  and  pre-­‐service  teachers,  and  is  the  rationale  still  justifiable  within  the  school  and  university  contexts?  Evaluation  must  take  into  account  feedback  from  pre-­‐service  teachers,  schools,  as  well  as  responding  to  institutional  changes.  While  the  needs  and  rationale  may  be  the  same,  institutional  changes  may  require  a  shift  in  how  the  experience  is  conceptualized.  

Mellita  (STEPS  project  team  –  ACU)  This  year  to  cater  for  the  demand  and  in  response  to  PST  feedback  that  the  experience  still  isn’t  authentic  because  they  worked  in  such  large  groups,  I  have  had  them  planning  and  teaching  in  pairs,  with  a  few  on  their  own.    Jeff  (STEPS  project  team    –  RMIT)  “the  partnership  component  of  the  school-­‐based  arrangement  increased  in  importance  and  was  more  deliberately  and  carefully  incorporated  into  planning  and  implementation  of  the  unit.”    Sandra  (STEPS  project  team    –  Deakin)  The  school-­‐based  science  sessions  continue  because  principals  and  teachers  in  schools,  academics  and  pre-­‐service  teachers  all  consider  them  to  be  important  in  the  teaching  and  learning  of  science  and  learning  to  teach  science.  Further  they  provide  opportunities  to  foster  an  appreciation  of  science  in  all  participants  and  professional  learning  for  the  teachers  in  the  schools.  Conversations  with  teachers  at  the  school  indicate  their  enthusiasm  for  the  sessions,  commenting  that  their  children  are  highly  motivated  by  the  experience    Linda  (STEPS  project  team  –  Deakin)  The  unit  is  shifting  to  4th  year,  trimester  two,  which  will  make  this  a  capstone  unit  and  need  to  focus  more  on  teacher  readiness.  I  envisage  greater  interaction  between  teachers  and  the  students  through  planning  and  feedback  meetings,  although  this  will  need  to  be  valued  by  the  teachers,  and  may  lead  to  organisational  complications.  Aligning  student  units  with  the  school’s  curriculum  directions  might  promote  greater  linking  between  learning  experiences  offered  by  the  PST  and  classroom  teacher,  thus  greater  valuing  of  the  PST  involvement  at  the  school.    

 GUSP  3B  (Evaluation-­‐Institutional  Requirement)    Programs  have  a  way  of  changing  over  time  as  needs  change  or  possibilities  present  themselves.  In  response  to  feedback  and  requests  from  schools,  Deakin’s  program  has  shifted  from  giving  pre-­‐service  teachers  an  open  choice  for  topics,  to  developing  topics  that  fit  in  with  the  school’s  theme  or  inquiry.      

Arabella  (Principal  –  Deakin)  “Managing  this  from  a  partnership  point  of  view  would  take  some  planning  I  guess.  I  see  pre-­‐service  teachers  working  with  our  students  in  small  groups,  working  on  earth  sciences,  I  saw  a  group  working  on  water,  another  group  solar  power,  etc.  I’m  wondering  if  there’s  a  way  of  negotiating  with  Deakin  so  that  the  work  that  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  are  doing  links  to  our  integrated  studies  planner  so  that  the  work  …  extends  or  supports  the  other  scientific  enquiry  that’s  happening  at  the  same  time…”  “I  think  there’d  be  some  benefit  if  there  was  some  sort  of  feedback  or  discussion  at  some  point  throughout  the  program  that  involved  the  classroom  teachers,  to  talk  about  what  the  students  were  doing  what  they  were  observing  and  then  feed  that  into  the  classroom  teacher  and  have  some  discussion.”      

 GUSP  3C  (Evaluation-­‐  Relationships)    There  is  often  a  perception  that  

Lou  (Principal  –  RMIT)  ‘I  see  that  there’ve  been  real  advantages,  for  a  start  we’ve  employed  a  staff  member  out  of  it,  so  one  of  your  trainee  teachers  impressed  us.’...  ‘Yes  we  try  to  be  as  accommodating  as  we  can  be  because  we  see  real  benefit  in  this  partnership  as  I  said  it’s  a  win/win  for  us  all.    I  hope  that’s  your  perception  as  well’  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  58  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

partnership  programs  are  usually  designed  for  the  sole  benefit  of  the  university.  Our  partner  schools  counter  this  assumption  and  clearly  articulate  the  benefits  of  working  with  RMIT  students  teachers.  These  benefits  include  recruiting  future  staff  members,  strengthening  the  school  science  program  and  promoting  the  school  within  the  community.          

 Danny  (Assistant  Principal  –  RMIT)  ‘We’re  a  small  school  we  need  to  get  our  name  out  there  with  the  programs  that  we’re  doing  so  we’re  happy  to  have  the  relationship  between  RMIT  and  us  out  there  and  known  through  the  community.      I  talk  about  it  regularly  at  School  Council,  it’s  promoted  through  there  when  we  do  our  school  tours,  either  Lance  or  I  depending  on  who’s  taking  the  tours,  we  talk  about  our  science  program,  we  talk  about  our  link  to  RMIT  as  well  we  think  it’s  fantastic.’  

GUSP  3D  (Evaluation-­‐  Nature  of  the  Learning)    Teachers  were  able  to  take  away  valuable  science  teaching  ideas  and  improve  their  science  knowledge  and  practice.      PSTs  gained  valuable  insights  into  the  importance  of  science  pedagogies  and  the  practicalities  associated  with  their  implementation  in  the  classroom.    

Billie  (Teacher  –  UTAS)  It  really  engages  the  pupils.  I  learnt  concepts  about  pulleys  and  levers  that  I  didn’t  know  about  before.-­‐  so  I  will  probably  use  these  again  if  I  ever  work  on  this  topic  again.    Lyall  (Teacher  -­‐  UTAS)  “I  have  actually  done  more  science  this  year  than  I  ever  have  before…I  can  see  where  it  fits  now.  So…  I  can  take  a  literacy  idea  or  a  SOSE  idea  and  you  can  bring  all  your  science  activities  into  it  …  I’ve  really  enjoyed  it.  “Yes”  (I  am  more  confident  than  before  the  project)…And  I  have  seen  the  children…  because  I  can  step  back  while  she  is  doing  the  lesson  I  actually  can  watch  the  children  and  see  the  enjoyment  and  it  is  allowing  them  to  think  of  possibilities  and  question  things  and  I  like  that  because  I  like  the  kids  to  think.”    Jane  (PST  Reflection–  UTAS)  After  observing  the  change  in  behaviour  and  engagement  in  the  students  from  when  they  were  simply  doing  reading  and  writing  exercises  to  doing  hands  on  activities  highlights  the  benefit  of  providing  students  with  hands-­‐on,  authentic  tasks  to  motivate  them  to  learn.  Hands-­‐on  learning  and  learning  through  experience  are  powerful  tools  to  ensure  students  are  actively  engaged  in  their  learning  which  in  turn  supports  true  understanding  and  learning  (Rutherford  cited  in  Haury  &  Rillero,  1994).  …Solid  organisation  of  lessons  and  resources  and  clear  instructions  to  students  will  help  to  ensure  a  successful  hands-­‐on  science  lesson  in  which  all  students  can  learn  and  engage.  Supporting  the  students  through  their  exploration  with  guiding  questions  and  prompting  will  help  students  make  connections  with  existing  knowledge  and  help  them  create  new  understandings.  Hands-­‐on  lessons  should  not  be  something  that  is  shied  away  from  by  the  teacher  due  to  lack  of  experience  or  confidence,  it  can  be  used  as  an  opportunity  to  learn  with  the  students  and  increase  confidence  for  future  lessons  and  efforts  will  be  rewarded  with  happy  students  who  want  to  learn.    

GUSP  3E  (Evaluation-­‐  Commitment  to  Action)      The  programs  improved  iteratively.  Participants  provided  feedback  and  

 Kaitlin  (PST-­‐  ACU)  It  was  a  really  positive  experience  for  myself  personally  and  I  think  our  group  at  large,  I  don’t  know  I  guess  in  an  ideal  world  maybe  gone  in  and  visited  the  school  prior  to  starting,  we  might  have  had  a  better  understanding  of  what  their  classroom  set  up  was  like,  but  that’s  okay  you  won’t  always  know  what    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  59  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

suggested  how  the  program  could  be  made  more  effective.    

As  stated  above  being  able  to  see  and  support  each  other’s  practice  would  have  been  beneficial.    Also  it  is  always  difficult  planning  when  you  don't  know  the  school  or  children.  I  would  recommend  a  pre-­‐visit  to  the  school  before  the  plan  gets  written.    Ethan  (Teacher  -­‐ACU)  I  would  make  a  suggestion  that  before  they  started  that  they  came  into  the  class  for  an  hour  and  just  sat  in  there  and  spent  an  hour  looking  at  what  happens,  meet  some  of  the  kids,  seeing  how  the  room  was  set  up,  getting  a  feel  for  the  environment.      Just  spend  an  hour  and  they  don’t  have  to  do  anything  just  be  there  and  informally  chat  to  some  of  the  kids  just  to  get  a  feel  of  it…    Nathan  (Teacher-­‐UTAS)  To  be  honest  there  were  some  parts  I  was  clear  about  and  others  I  wasn’t.  I  didn’t  know  if  I  was  supposed  to  teach  more  and  assist  less,  but  it  worked  anyway.      Geraldine  (Teacher  –  UTAS)  Partnership  (should)  extend  over  a  longer  period,  possibly  as  a  precursor  to  the  student’s  4th  year  school  experience  with  the  same  group  of  students  and  teacher.  Thank  you  for  the  opportunity.  My  students  really  enjoyed  working  with  their  student  “science  teacher”  and  I  hope  that  the  program  will  continue  to  grow.    John  (Science  Educator-­‐  UTAS)  In  response  to  communication  problems,  for  the  next  iteration  I  negotiated  for  teacher  participants  to  get  half  a  day  release  from  class  to  attend  a  session  at  the  university.  In  this  case  they  could  be  briefed  about  their  role  face  to  face,  meet  with  their  PST  and  begin  planning  what  they  want  to  teach.  It  was  well  received  and  much  more  effective.      

   

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  60  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 Appendix  2.  Representations  of  Partnership  Practices  (RPP)  Narratives  

 Narrative   Data  

RPP1A  (Connective-­‐Purposes)    Schools  recognize  the  value  that  the  program  can  have  for  them  in  raising  the  presence  of  science  in  the  school,  links  to  academic  institutions,  and  assisting  the  school  to  meet  its  obligations  to  teach  science.  The  pre-­‐service  teachers  bring  new  teaching  ideas  and  practices,  and  model  the  teaching  of  science  to  teachers  who  may  lack  confidence  in  their  own  science  teaching.  

Adam  (Principal  –  Deakin)  Absolutely  yes  it’s  good  for  the  school,  it’s  nice  for  us  to  be  able  to  put  in  the  newsletter  that  we’re  in  partnership  with  Deakin  Uni  and  there’s  a  science  program  happening  here  and  we’re  working  with  pre-­‐service  teachers  and  that  looks  good  for  the  school.    Michael  (Principal  –  Deakin)  It’s  also  good  to  us  as  a  receiving  thing  because  we’re  not  great  science  teachers  and  the  more  time  kids  get  with  science  the  better.      So  it’s  a  win/win  for  us,  we  like  being  involved.    Aaron  (Principal  –  Deakin)  We  do  teach  science  but  the  bulk  of  our  science  curriculum  is  done  through  Deakin…  It’s  a  bit  like  the  swimming  program  not  as  intense  and  not  as  regular  and  that’s  why  we  love  the  Deakin  program.  It  focuses  us,  teachers  will  follow  on  and  finish  off  lessons  that  may  have  been  started  by  the  Deakin  Science.    There’s  often  times  when  Deakin  Science  practicals  will  peak  an  interest  in  the  students  and  the  teacher  especially  when  we’re  doing  things  like  Space  or  there’s  a  cooking  theme  happening  the  science  really  couches  in.    So  it’s  a  real  win/win  I  guess.  

 RPP  1B  (Connective-­‐Institutional  Structures)  Teachers  and  PSTs  relished  the  opportunity  to  work  together.  Teachers  valued  another  professional  working  as  a  source  of  fresh  ideas  for  science  in  the  class.  PSTs  valued  the  chance  to  put  theory  into  practice.  

Noelene  (Teacher  –  UTAS)  Planning  a  sequence  with  another  teacher.  Another  learning  sequence  as  a  resource.  The  opportunity  to  have  2  teachers  working  in  the  room  together.  New  ideas!!!      Claire  (Teacher  –  UTAS)  A  chance  to  offer  a  science  student  interaction  with  students  in  my  class.    An  opportunity  to  allow  my  students  to  do  science  with  someone  other  than  me.  

 Andrew  (PST  –  UTAS)  We  went  out  into  schools  and  taught.  It  was  the  biggest  learning  experience  for  me...  We  were  a  bit  sick  of  theory  and  wanted  to  bring  it  all  back  and  relate  it.  ...It  was  really  valuable  to  me.    

RPP  1C  (Connective-­‐  Nature  of  partnership)  Teachers  working  together  with  PSTs  was  seen  as  a  positive  for  both,  and  the  students  in  the  class,  who  had  more  avenues  for  asking  questions,  seeking  feedback  and  exploring  ideas.  

Geraldine  (Teacher  –  UTAS)  Yes.  The  benefits  to  my  students  are  what  motivated  me  to  be  part  of  the  program.      Paul  (Teacher  –  UTAS)  Absolutely,  team  teaching  allowed  for  double  the  normal  amount  of  student/teacher  interaction  and  meant  children  had  more  avenues  for  asking  questions,  seeking  feedback  and  exploring  ideas.      

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  61  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

 RPP  1D  (Connective-­‐Linking  Theory  to  Practice)  Principals  felt  that  working  more  closely  with  the  university  strengthened  the  professional  ties  and  it  supported  the  strategic  goal  of  improving  science  curriculum  and  teacher  competence  with  science.    Teachers  were  able  to  provide  support  for  PSTs  with  authentic  teaching  tasks  such  as  assessment  which  built  their  confidence  to  teach  science  

Debbie  (Principal  –  UTAS)  To  promote  science  in  the  curriculum,  and  to  support  the  pre  service  needs  of  future  teachers    Francesca  (Principal  –  UTAS)  Excellent  opportunity  to  support  beginning  teachers  in  their  growth  and  development.      Nellie  (Teacher  –  UTAS)  (To)  ensure  the  children  get  to  develop  some  scientific  concepts  this  term,  and  motivate  me  to  get  a  bit  more  science  back  into  the  curriculum!      Pearl  (PST  –  UTAS)  I  think  all  teachers  should  do  it,  it’s  so  vital,  especially  for  when  we  start  assessing  science.  I  did  it  because  I  had  no  confidence…  I  was  scared…  but  the  class  gave  me  confidence  ...The  classroom  experience  was  good  because  it  was  ok  to  make  mistakes,  and  be  supported  to  learn.    

 Schools  recognize  their  responsibility  in  helping  to  prepare  the  next  generation  of  teachers,  and  the  important  role  that  classroom  experience  plays  in  linking  theory  from  university  with  practice.  

Adam  (Principal  –  Deakin)  “I  like  the  fact  that  the  university  and  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  are  building  that  relationship,  building  their  knowledge.  It’s  another  school  they  get  to  go  into,  so  they  visit  schools  for  their  formal  rounds  but  it’s  another  school  and  a  different  context  and  every  school’s  got  a  different  culture  and  vibe  so  it  just  gives  them  another  look.”    Michael  (Principal  –  Deakin)  It’s  good  for  us  morally  in  that  we’re  involved  with  teacher  education  and  we  enjoy  that  we’ve  got  a  professional  responsibility  to  that  

 RPP  2A  (Generative-­‐Purposes)    By  working  closely  together,  teacher  and  pre-­‐service  teacher  plan  the  unit.  As  a  result  there  is  also  reflection  on  practice  leading  to  mutual  learning,  new  perspectives,  and  an  opening  up  of  new  possibilities  for  practice.  

 Rachel  (Teacher  -­‐  UTAS)  “I  am  learning  from  her  and  she  is  learning  from  me…mutual  learning.”    Angie  (Teacher  -­‐  UTAS)  “It  has  motivated  me  to  try  and  keep  teaching  science  in  my  classroom”    Tony  (Teacher  -­‐  UTAS)  “Instead  of  trying  to  run  the  whole  program  myself  it  gives  me  a  chance  to  watch  and  listen  to  the  class  and  learn  about  what  does  and  doesn’t  work.  This  learning  can  then  be  passed  onto  the  uni  student  along  with  solutions  to  help  things  run  smoothly.”    Rebecca  (PST-­‐  UTAS)  “In  my  3rd  year  Prac  the  teacher  I  had  enjoyed  teaching  science  and  we  did  a  fair  bit  of  science  and  it  built  my  confidence.  Watching  how  other  people  do  it  gives  you  confidence.  That  combined  with  the  unit  we  did  gave  me  enough  confidence.”  

  Aaron  (Principal  -­‐  Deakin)  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  62  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

RPP  2B  RPP  (Generative-­‐Institutional  Structures)    Partnerships  develop  momentum  over  time  so  that  the  school  integrates  the  opportunities  the  program  into  the  school’s  calendar  of  events  and  curriculum  program.  One  of  the  Deakin  schools  has  initiated  a  science  night  that  showcases  the  work  the  children  have  completed  with  the  pre-­‐service  teachers,  and  to  promote  science  within  the  school  community.  

“I  came  to  the  school  in  2008  and  it  had  been  going  for  at  least  three  or  four  years  before  my  time  here  and  it  was  something  that  a  lot  of  people  talked  about…    One  of  the  things  that  I  was  really  excited  about  was  the  fact  that  the  actual  tute  was  running  here  and  then  the  practical  side  was  done  with  our  children...Even  though  there  may  not  have  been  the  great  follow  up  to  start  with,  that  evolved  over  time  and  it  actually  excited  our  staff  and  got  our  staff  talking  and  thinking  about  how  we  can  run  science  in  our  school,  and  how  we  can  use  the  Deakin  program  to  better  suit  our  kids  and  our  curriculum.      Over  the  years  it’s  evolved  into  that  program  still  running  and  then  I  guess  dovetailing  into  a  science  evening  that  we  invite  Deakin  Science  students  along  to  help  us  run  and  it  really  showcases  the  work  they’ve  done,  the  work  that  our  children  have  done,  and  that  our  community  and  the  value  that  it  has  on  science…  “for  me  there  were  a  lot  of  upsides  to  the  actual  program.    Number  one  is  we  had  some  expertise  in  the  teaching  of  science,  number  two  it  covered  our  quota  on  our  curriculum  for  science  and,  number  three  it  kind  of  up-­‐skilled  our  staff  on  what  to  do  and  what  to  look  for  and  how  to  run  science  lessons.”  

 RPP  2C  (Generative-­‐Nature  of  partnership)    Programs  have  a  way  of  changing  over  time  as  needs  change  or  possibilities  present  themselves.  In  response  to  feedback  and  requests  from  schools,  Deakin’s  program  has  shifted  from  giving  pre-­‐service  teachers  an  open  choice  for  topics,  to  developing  topics  that  fit  in  with  the  school’s  theme  or  inquiry.  

Arabella  (Principal  –  Deakin)  “Managing  this  from  a  partnership  point  of  view  would  take  some  planning  I  guess.  I  see  pre-­‐service  teachers  working  with  our  students  in  small  groups,  working  on  earth  sciences,  I  saw  a  group  working  on  water,  another  group  solar  power,  etc.  I’m  wondering  if  there’s  a  way  of  negotiating  with  Deakin  so  that  the  work  that  the  pre-­‐service  teachers  are  doing  links  to  our  integrated  studies  planner  so  that  the  work  …  extends  or  supports  the  other  scientific  enquiry  that’s  happening  at  the  same  time…”  “I  think  there’d  be  some  benefit  if  there  was  some  sort  of  feedback  or  discussion  at  some  point  throughout  the  program  that  involved  the  classroom  teachers,  to  talk  about  what  the  students  were  doing  what  they  were  observing  and  then  feed  that  into  the  classroom  teacher  and  have  some  discussion.”  

 RPP  2D  (Generative-­‐  Linking  theory  with  practice)    The  meaningful  experiences  exhibited  in  primary  school  partner  classrooms  led  to  positive  conceptions  of  science  within  veteran  teachers.  This  increased  confidence  was  and  important  implication  of  the  partnership  impacted:  pre-­‐service  teachers,  

Fran  (Principal  –  RMIT)  ‘I  found  that  that’s  been  one  of  the  benefits  of  the  program  is  that  our  teachers  actually  are  feeling  more  confident  about  teaching  science  and  working  with  the  kids  in  that  regard….  ‘I  think  it’s  also  maybe  teacher  confidence.      We  have  so  much  PD  surrounding  literacy  and  numeracy  and  we  have  coaches  in  the  region  who  come  out  and  do  that  sort  of  stuff  but  science  is  not  necessarily  had  the  same....’  

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  63  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

veteran  teachers  and  ultimately  primary  students.    RPP  3A(Transformative-­‐  Purposes)    When  teachers  saw  they  could  work  with  the  PSTs  and  bounce  ideas,  it  provided  an  opportunity  to  reflect  on  their  own  teaching  of  science  and  begin  to  look  for  more  opportunities  to  teach  science  and  to  develop  conceptual  learning  sequences.    

Prue  (teacher  –  UTAS)  It  allowed  me  to  reflect  upon  my  own  teaching  by  observing  and  assisting.  It  reinforced  just  how  different  children  learn  and  how  much  they  rely  on  their  prior  knowledge  and  experience  when  completing  tasks  –  particularly  when  predicting  and  recording  observations  and  results.    Sally  (teacher-­‐UTAS)  Definitely  a  change  in  attitude.  I  found  a  fantastic  book  in  our  school  library  full  of  science  activities  and  sheets  ready  to  go  for  the  children  to  fill  in  when  they  completed  the  experiment.  It  also  has  a  teacher  section  for  every  experiment  explaining  what  to  look  for  and  some  guiding  questions.  I  feel  confident  to  take  science  now  because  of  this  book  but  it  was  watching  James  take  science  with  my  class  that  encouraged  me  to  seek  out  a  book  such  as  this.    Billie  (teacher-­‐UTAS)  I  use  science  more  frequently  in  my  curriculum  now  as  a  way  to  develop  students’  ability  to  ask  questions.  Try  to  plan  sequences  of  linked  science  lessons,  instead  of  using  them  as  one  off  sessions.    

 RPP  3B  (Transformative-­‐  Institutional  Structures)    Where  schools  and  universities  work  together  in  a  way  that  is  valued  by  both,  overtime  the  programs  are  more  likely  to  be  embedded  within  the  ongoing  structures  and  practices  of  both  institutions.  The  ongoing  partnership  associated  with  the  Melbourne  University  clinical  model  has  resulted  in  schools  depending  on  and  modifying  practices.  

Jane  (teacher  –  Uni  Melb)  So  the  partnership  has  been  very  important  for  us  and  it  means  that  we  can  develop  our  units  with  your  guidance  and  that’s  been  a  very,  very  important  part  of  our  school  and  university  partnership.  

 RPP  3C  (Transformative-­‐  Nature  of  Partnership)    University  staff  were  uniquely  positioned  to  observe  student-­‐teacher  growth  over  the  long-­‐term.  

Andy  (STEPS  project  team  –  RMIT)  ‘One  of  the  things  I’ve  noticed  this  year  is  the  incredible  changes  in  my  uni  students  from  when  I  first  meet  them  in  Science  1  and  then  how  more  confident  they  are  at  the  end  of  Science  2.    I  felt  like  they’d  become  teachers  in  a  way,  they’re  much  more  confident  I  can  see  it  in  their  eyes  and  I  see  it  in  the  ways  they  act  in  class  so  it’s  just  a  really  positive  thing  and  they  have  lots  of  positive  stuff  to  say  about  it.’    

http://www.stepsproject.org.au/

  64  

Science Teacher Education Partnerships with Schools

In  this  case,  a  full  year  involving  a  traditional  science  methods  class  followed  by  the  primary  school  partnership  placement.  The  time  in  schools  seemed  to  accelerate  student  teachers’  understanding  of  the  role  and  responsibilities  of  the  teaching  professional.      RPP  3D  (Transformative-­‐  Linking  theory  with  practice)    Teachers  undertake  formal  PD  or  post  graduate  studies  linked  to  the  program.    PSTs  develop  a  science  portfolio  of  the  teaching  and  learning  and  assessment  activities,  which  they  use  as  part  of  a  job  applications  after  graduation.  Some  PSTs  take  on  science  leadership  roles  in  their  schools.    

 Prue  (Teacher  –  UTAS)  My  pre-­‐service  teacher  assessed  the  students  at  the  conclusion  of  the  unit  of  work.  This  was  most  helpful  to  me  as  I  needed  this  feedback  for  my  mid-­‐year  reporting.  It  was  also  a  very  valuable  thing  for  the  pre-­‐service  teacher  to  do  as  part  of  her  own  self-­‐assessment.    Yvonne  (PST  –  UTAS)  In  my  first  year  out  I  got  given  science  co-­‐ordinator  so  I  took  on  a  science  leadership  role  and  went  to  network  meetings  and  talked  to  other  teachers....It’s  taking  me  in  a  direction  I  didn’t  expect.  The  experience  has  increased  my  confidence...Going  in  and  actually  teaching  science.